Manpages - qemu-qmp-ref.7

Table of Contents

Home DTOS Other Projects Knowledge Base Linux Manpages Community Contribute

NAME

qemu-qmp-ref - QEMU QMP Reference Manual

Contents

  • QEMU QMP Reference Manual
    • Introduction
      • This document describes all commands currently supported by QMP.
    • Stability Considerations
      • The current QMP command set (described in this file) may be useful for a number of use cases, however it’s limited and several commands have bad defined semantics, specially with regard to command completion.
    • QMP errors
      • QapiErrorClass (Enum)
    • Common data types
      • IoOperationType (Enum)
      • OnOffAuto (Enum)
      • OnOffSplit (Enum)
      • String (Object)
      • StrOrNull (Alternate)
      • OffAutoPCIBAR (Enum)
      • PCIELinkSpeed (Enum)
      • PCIELinkWidth (Enum)
      • HostMemPolicy (Enum)
      • NetFilterDirection (Enum)
      • GrabToggleKeys (Enum)
      • HumanReadableText (Object)
    • Socket data types
      • NetworkAddressFamily (Enum)
      • InetSocketAddressBase (Object)
      • InetSocketAddress (Object)
      • UnixSocketAddress (Object)
      • VsockSocketAddress (Object)
      • InetSocketAddressWrapper (Object)
      • UnixSocketAddressWrapper (Object)
      • VsockSocketAddressWrapper (Object)
      • StringWrapper (Object)
      • SocketAddressLegacy (Object)
      • SocketAddressType (Enum)
      • SocketAddress (Object)
    • VM run state
      • RunState (Enum)
      • ShutdownCause (Enum)
      • StatusInfo (Object)
      • query-status (Command)
      • SHUTDOWN (Event)
      • POWERDOWN (Event)
      • RESET (Event)
      • STOP (Event)
      • RESUME (Event)
      • SUSPEND (Event)
      • SUSPEND_DISK (Event)
      • WAKEUP (Event)
      • WATCHDOG (Event)
      • WatchdogAction (Enum)
      • RebootAction (Enum)
      • ShutdownAction (Enum)
      • PanicAction (Enum)
      • watchdog-set-action (Command)
      • set-action (Command)
      • GUEST_PANICKED (Event)
      • GUEST_CRASHLOADED (Event)
      • GuestPanicAction (Enum)
      • GuestPanicInformationType (Enum)
      • GuestPanicInformation (Object)
      • GuestPanicInformationHyperV (Object)
      • S390CrashReason (Enum)
      • GuestPanicInformationS390 (Object)
      • MEMORY_FAILURE (Event)
      • MemoryFailureRecipient (Enum)
      • MemoryFailureAction (Enum)
      • MemoryFailureFlags (Object)
    • Cryptography
      • QCryptoTLSCredsEndpoint (Enum)
      • QCryptoSecretFormat (Enum)
      • QCryptoHashAlgorithm (Enum)
      • QCryptoCipherAlgorithm (Enum)
      • QCryptoCipherMode (Enum)
      • QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm (Enum)
      • QCryptoBlockFormat (Enum)
      • QCryptoBlockOptionsBase (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockOpenOptions (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockCreateOptions (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockInfoBase (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockInfo (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockLUKSKeyslotState (Enum)
      • QCryptoBlockAmendOptionsLUKS (Object)
      • QCryptoBlockAmendOptions (Object)
      • SecretCommonProperties (Object)
      • SecretProperties (Object)
      • SecretKeyringProperties (Object)
      • TlsCredsProperties (Object)
      • TlsCredsAnonProperties (Object)
      • TlsCredsPskProperties (Object)
      • TlsCredsX509Properties (Object)
    • Block devices
      • Block core (VM unrelated)
      • Background jobs
      • Additional block stuff (VM related)
      • Block device exports
    • Character devices
      • ChardevInfo (Object)
      • query-chardev (Command)
      • ChardevBackendInfo (Object)
      • query-chardev-backends (Command)
      • DataFormat (Enum)
      • ringbuf-write (Command)
      • ringbuf-read (Command)
      • ChardevCommon (Object)
      • ChardevFile (Object)
      • ChardevHostdev (Object)
      • ChardevSocket (Object)
      • ChardevUdp (Object)
      • ChardevMux (Object)
      • ChardevStdio (Object)
      • ChardevSpiceChannel (Object)
      • ChardevSpicePort (Object)
      • ChardevVC (Object)
      • ChardevRingbuf (Object)
      • ChardevQemuVDAgent (Object)
      • ChardevBackendKind (Enum)
      • ChardevFileWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevHostdevWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevSocketWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevUdpWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevCommonWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevMuxWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevStdioWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevSpiceChannelWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevSpicePortWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevQemuVDAgentWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevVCWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevRingbufWrapper (Object)
      • ChardevBackend (Object)
      • ChardevReturn (Object)
      • chardev-add (Command)
      • chardev-change (Command)
      • chardev-remove (Command)
      • chardev-send-break (Command)
      • VSERPORT_CHANGE (Event)
    • Dump guest memory
      • DumpGuestMemoryFormat (Enum)
      • dump-guest-memory (Command)
      • DumpStatus (Enum)
      • DumpQueryResult (Object)
      • query-dump (Command)
      • DUMP_COMPLETED (Event)
      • DumpGuestMemoryCapability (Object)
      • query-dump-guest-memory-capability (Command)
    • Net devices
      • set_link (Command)
      • netdev_add (Command)
      • netdev_del (Command)
      • NetLegacyNicOptions (Object)
      • NetdevUserOptions (Object)
      • NetdevTapOptions (Object)
      • NetdevSocketOptions (Object)
      • NetdevL2TPv3Options (Object)
      • NetdevVdeOptions (Object)
      • NetdevBridgeOptions (Object)
      • NetdevHubPortOptions (Object)
      • NetdevNetmapOptions (Object)
      • NetdevVhostUserOptions (Object)
      • NetdevVhostVDPAOptions (Object)
      • NetClientDriver (Enum)
      • Netdev (Object)
      • RxState (Enum)
      • RxFilterInfo (Object)
      • query-rx-filter (Command)
      • NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED (Event)
      • AnnounceParameters (Object)
      • announce-self (Command)
      • FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED (Event)
    • RDMA device
      • RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED (Event)
    • Rocker switch device
      • RockerSwitch (Object)
      • query-rocker (Command)
      • RockerPortDuplex (Enum)
      • RockerPortAutoneg (Enum)
      • RockerPort (Object)
      • query-rocker-ports (Command)
      • RockerOfDpaFlowKey (Object)
      • RockerOfDpaFlowMask (Object)
      • RockerOfDpaFlowAction (Object)
      • RockerOfDpaFlow (Object)
      • query-rocker-of-dpa-flows (Command)
      • RockerOfDpaGroup (Object)
      • query-rocker-of-dpa-groups (Command)
    • TPM (trusted platform module) devices
      • TpmModel (Enum)
      • query-tpm-models (Command)
      • TpmType (Enum)
      • query-tpm-types (Command)
      • TPMPassthroughOptions (Object)
      • TPMEmulatorOptions (Object)
      • TPMPassthroughOptionsWrapper (Object)
      • TPMEmulatorOptionsWrapper (Object)
      • TpmTypeOptions (Object)
      • TPMInfo (Object)
      • query-tpm (Command)
    • Remote desktop
      • set_password (Command)
      • expire_password (Command)
      • screendump (Command)
      • Spice
      • VNC
    • Input
      • MouseInfo (Object)
      • query-mice (Command)
      • QKeyCode (Enum)
      • KeyValueKind (Enum)
      • IntWrapper (Object)
      • QKeyCodeWrapper (Object)
      • KeyValue (Object)
      • send-key (Command)
      • InputButton (Enum)
      • InputAxis (Enum)
      • InputKeyEvent (Object)
      • InputBtnEvent (Object)
      • InputMoveEvent (Object)
      • InputEventKind (Enum)
      • InputKeyEventWrapper (Object)
      • InputBtnEventWrapper (Object)
      • InputMoveEventWrapper (Object)
      • InputEvent (Object)
      • input-send-event (Command)
      • DisplayGTK (Object)
      • DisplayEGLHeadless (Object)
      • DisplayGLMode (Enum)
      • DisplayCurses (Object)
      • DisplayType (Enum)
      • DisplayOptions (Object)
      • query-display-options (Command)
      • DisplayReloadType (Enum)
      • DisplayReloadOptionsVNC (Object)
      • DisplayReloadOptions (Object)
      • display-reload (Command)
    • User authorization
      • QAuthZListPolicy (Enum)
      • QAuthZListFormat (Enum)
      • QAuthZListRule (Object)
      • AuthZListProperties (Object)
      • AuthZListFileProperties (Object)
      • AuthZPAMProperties (Object)
      • AuthZSimpleProperties (Object)
    • Migration
      • MigrationStats (Object)
      • XBZRLECacheStats (Object)
      • CompressionStats (Object)
      • MigrationStatus (Enum)
      • VfioStats (Object)
      • MigrationInfo (Object)
      • query-migrate (Command)
      • MigrationCapability (Enum)
      • MigrationCapabilityStatus (Object)
      • migrate-set-capabilities (Command)
      • query-migrate-capabilities (Command)
      • MultiFDCompression (Enum)
      • BitmapMigrationBitmapAliasTransform (Object)
      • BitmapMigrationBitmapAlias (Object)
      • BitmapMigrationNodeAlias (Object)
      • MigrationParameter (Enum)
      • MigrateSetParameters (Object)
      • migrate-set-parameters (Command)
      • MigrationParameters (Object)
      • query-migrate-parameters (Command)
      • client_migrate_info (Command)
      • migrate-start-postcopy (Command)
      • MIGRATION (Event)
      • MIGRATION_PASS (Event)
      • COLOMessage (Enum)
      • COLOMode (Enum)
      • FailoverStatus (Enum)
      • COLO_EXIT (Event)
      • COLOExitReason (Enum)
      • x-colo-lost-heartbeat (Command)
      • migrate_cancel (Command)
      • migrate-continue (Command)
      • migrate (Command)
      • migrate-incoming (Command)
      • xen-save-devices-state (Command)
      • xen-set-global-dirty-log (Command)
      • xen-load-devices-state (Command)
      • xen-set-replication (Command)
      • ReplicationStatus (Object)
      • query-xen-replication-status (Command)
      • xen-colo-do-checkpoint (Command)
      • COLOStatus (Object)
      • query-colo-status (Command)
      • migrate-recover (Command)
      • migrate-pause (Command)
      • UNPLUG_PRIMARY (Event)
      • DirtyRateVcpu (Object)
      • DirtyRateStatus (Enum)
      • DirtyRateMeasureMode (Enum)
      • DirtyRateInfo (Object)
      • calc-dirty-rate (Command)
      • query-dirty-rate (Command)
      • snapshot-save (Command)
      • snapshot-load (Command)
      • snapshot-delete (Command)
    • Transactions
      • Abort (Object)
      • ActionCompletionMode (Enum)
      • TransactionActionKind (Enum)
      • AbortWrapper (Object)
      • BlockDirtyBitmapAddWrapper (Object)
      • BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper (Object)
      • BlockDirtyBitmapMergeWrapper (Object)
      • BlockdevBackupWrapper (Object)
      • BlockdevSnapshotWrapper (Object)
      • BlockdevSnapshotInternalWrapper (Object)
      • BlockdevSnapshotSyncWrapper (Object)
      • DriveBackupWrapper (Object)
      • TransactionAction (Object)
      • TransactionProperties (Object)
      • transaction (Command)
    • Tracing
      • TraceEventState (Enum)
      • TraceEventInfo (Object)
      • trace-event-get-state (Command)
      • trace-event-set-state (Command)
    • Compatibility policy
      • CompatPolicyInput (Enum)
      • CompatPolicyOutput (Enum)
      • CompatPolicy (Object)
    • QMP monitor control
      • qmp_capabilities (Command)
      • QMPCapability (Enum)
      • VersionTriple (Object)
      • VersionInfo (Object)
      • query-version (Command)
      • CommandInfo (Object)
      • query-commands (Command)
      • quit (Command)
      • MonitorMode (Enum)
      • MonitorOptions (Object)
    • QMP introspection
      • query-qmp-schema (Command)
      • SchemaMetaType (Enum)
      • SchemaInfo (Object)
      • SchemaInfoBuiltin (Object)
      • JSONType (Enum)
      • SchemaInfoEnum (Object)
      • SchemaInfoEnumMember (Object)
      • SchemaInfoArray (Object)
      • SchemaInfoObject (Object)
      • SchemaInfoObjectMember (Object)
      • SchemaInfoObjectVariant (Object)
      • SchemaInfoAlternate (Object)
      • SchemaInfoAlternateMember (Object)
      • SchemaInfoCommand (Object)
      • SchemaInfoEvent (Object)
    • QEMU Object Model (QOM)
      • ObjectPropertyInfo (Object)
      • qom-list (Command)
      • qom-get (Command)
      • qom-set (Command)
      • ObjectTypeInfo (Object)
      • qom-list-types (Command)
      • qom-list-properties (Command)
      • CanHostSocketcanProperties (Object)
      • ColoCompareProperties (Object)
      • CryptodevBackendProperties (Object)
      • CryptodevVhostUserProperties (Object)
      • DBusVMStateProperties (Object)
      • NetfilterInsert (Enum)
      • NetfilterProperties (Object)
      • FilterBufferProperties (Object)
      • FilterDumpProperties (Object)
      • FilterMirrorProperties (Object)
      • FilterRedirectorProperties (Object)
      • FilterRewriterProperties (Object)
      • InputBarrierProperties (Object)
      • InputLinuxProperties (Object)
      • IothreadProperties (Object)
      • MemoryBackendProperties (Object)
      • MemoryBackendFileProperties (Object)
      • MemoryBackendMemfdProperties (Object)
      • MemoryBackendEpcProperties (Object)
      • PrManagerHelperProperties (Object)
      • QtestProperties (Object)
      • RemoteObjectProperties (Object)
      • RngProperties (Object)
      • RngEgdProperties (Object)
      • RngRandomProperties (Object)
      • SevGuestProperties (Object)
      • ObjectType (Enum)
      • ObjectOptions (Object)
      • object-add (Command)
      • object-del (Command)
    • Device infrastructure (qdev)
      • device-list-properties (Command)
      • device_add (Command)
      • device_del (Command)
      • DEVICE_DELETED (Event)
      • DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR (Event)
    • Machines
      • SysEmuTarget (Enum)
      • CpuS390State (Enum)
      • CpuInfoS390 (Object)
      • CpuInfoFast (Object)
      • query-cpus-fast (Command)
      • MachineInfo (Object)
      • query-machines (Command)
      • CurrentMachineParams (Object)
      • query-current-machine (Command)
      • TargetInfo (Object)
      • query-target (Command)
      • UuidInfo (Object)
      • query-uuid (Command)
      • GuidInfo (Object)
      • query-vm-generation-id (Command)
      • system_reset (Command)
      • system_powerdown (Command)
      • system_wakeup (Command)
      • LostTickPolicy (Enum)
      • inject-nmi (Command)
      • KvmInfo (Object)
      • query-kvm (Command)
      • NumaOptionsType (Enum)
      • NumaOptions (Object)
      • NumaNodeOptions (Object)
      • NumaDistOptions (Object)
      • X86CPURegister32 (Enum)
      • X86CPUFeatureWordInfo (Object)
      • DummyForceArrays (Object)
      • NumaCpuOptions (Object)
      • HmatLBMemoryHierarchy (Enum)
      • HmatLBDataType (Enum)
      • NumaHmatLBOptions (Object)
      • HmatCacheAssociativity (Enum)
      • HmatCacheWritePolicy (Enum)
      • NumaHmatCacheOptions (Object)
      • memsave (Command)
      • pmemsave (Command)
      • Memdev (Object)
      • query-memdev (Command)
      • CpuInstanceProperties (Object)
      • HotpluggableCPU (Object)
      • query-hotpluggable-cpus (Command)
      • set-numa-node (Command)
      • balloon (Command)
      • BalloonInfo (Object)
      • query-balloon (Command)
      • BALLOON_CHANGE (Event)
      • MemoryInfo (Object)
      • query-memory-size-summary (Command)
      • PCDIMMDeviceInfo (Object)
      • VirtioPMEMDeviceInfo (Object)
      • VirtioMEMDeviceInfo (Object)
      • SgxEPCDeviceInfo (Object)
      • MemoryDeviceInfoKind (Enum)
      • PCDIMMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)
      • VirtioPMEMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)
      • VirtioMEMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)
      • SgxEPCDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)
      • MemoryDeviceInfo (Object)
      • SgxEPC (Object)
      • SgxEPCProperties (Object)
      • query-memory-devices (Command)
      • MEMORY_DEVICE_SIZE_CHANGE (Event)
      • MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR (Event)
      • SMPConfiguration (Object)
      • x-query-irq (Command)
      • x-query-jit (Command)
      • x-query-numa (Command)
      • x-query-opcount (Command)
      • x-query-profile (Command)
      • x-query-ramblock (Command)
      • x-query-rdma (Command)
      • x-query-roms (Command)
      • x-query-usb (Command)
      • CpuModelInfo (Object)
      • CpuModelExpansionType (Enum)
      • CpuModelCompareResult (Enum)
      • CpuModelBaselineInfo (Object)
      • CpuModelCompareInfo (Object)
      • query-cpu-model-comparison (Command)
      • query-cpu-model-baseline (Command)
      • CpuModelExpansionInfo (Object)
      • query-cpu-model-expansion (Command)
      • CpuDefinitionInfo (Object)
      • query-cpu-definitions (Command)
    • Record/replay
      • ReplayMode (Enum)
      • ReplayInfo (Object)
      • query-replay (Command)
      • replay-break (Command)
      • replay-delete-break (Command)
      • replay-seek (Command)
    • Yank feature
      • YankInstanceType (Enum)
      • YankInstanceBlockNode (Object)
      • YankInstanceChardev (Object)
      • YankInstance (Object)
      • yank (Command)
      • query-yank (Command)
    • Miscellanea
      • add_client (Command)
      • NameInfo (Object)
      • query-name (Command)
      • IOThreadInfo (Object)
      • query-iothreads (Command)
      • stop (Command)
      • cont (Command)
      • x-exit-preconfig (Command)
      • human-monitor-command (Command)
      • getfd (Command)
      • closefd (Command)
      • AddfdInfo (Object)
      • add-fd (Command)
      • remove-fd (Command)
      • FdsetFdInfo (Object)
      • FdsetInfo (Object)
      • query-fdsets (Command)
      • CommandLineParameterType (Enum)
      • CommandLineParameterInfo (Object)
      • CommandLineOptionInfo (Object)
      • query-command-line-options (Command)
      • RTC_CHANGE (Event)
      • rtc-reset-reinjection (Command)
      • SevState (Enum)
      • SevInfo (Object)
      • query-sev (Command)
      • SevLaunchMeasureInfo (Object)
      • query-sev-launch-measure (Command)
      • SevCapability (Object)
      • query-sev-capabilities (Command)
      • sev-inject-launch-secret (Command)
      • SevAttestationReport (Object)
      • query-sev-attestation-report (Command)
      • dump-skeys (Command)
      • GICCapability (Object)
      • query-gic-capabilities (Command)
      • SGXInfo (Object)
      • query-sgx (Command)
      • query-sgx-capabilities (Command)
    • Audio
      • AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevGenericOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevAlsaOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevCoreaudioOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevDsoundOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevJackPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevJackOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevOssOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevPaOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevSdlPerDirectionOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevSdlOptions (Object)
      • AudiodevWavOptions (Object)
      • AudioFormat (Enum)
      • AudiodevDriver (Enum)
      • Audiodev (Object)
    • ACPI
      • AcpiTableOptions (Object)
      • ACPISlotType (Enum)
      • ACPIOSTInfo (Object)
      • query-acpi-ospm-status (Command)
      • ACPI_DEVICE_OST (Event)
    • PCI
      • PciMemoryRange (Object)
      • PciMemoryRegion (Object)
      • PciBusInfo (Object)
      • PciBridgeInfo (Object)
      • PciDeviceClass (Object)
      • PciDeviceId (Object)
      • PciDeviceInfo (Object)
      • PciInfo (Object)
      • query-pci (Command)

INTRODUCTION

This document describes all commands currently supported by QMP.

Most of the time their usage is exactly the same as in the user Monitor, this means that any other document which also describe commands (the manpage, QEMU’s manual, etc) can and should be consulted.

QMP has two types of commands: regular and query commands. Regular commands usually change the Virtual Machine’s state someway, while query commands just return information. The sections below are divided accordingly.

It’s important to observe that all communication examples are formatted in a reader-friendly way, so that they’re easier to understand. However, in real protocol usage, they’re emitted as a single line.

Also, the following notation is used to denote data flow:

Example:

#+begin_quote 

      -> data issued by the Client
      <- Server data response

#+end_quote

Please, refer to the QMP specification (docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) for detailed information on the Server command and response formats.

STABILITY CONSIDERATIONS

The current QMP command set (described in this file) may be useful for a number of use cases, however it’s limited and several commands have bad defined semantics, specially with regard to command completion.

These problems are going to be solved incrementally in the next QEMU releases and we’re going to establish a deprecation policy for badly defined commands.

If you’re planning to adopt QMP, please observe the following:

#+begin_quote

#+begin_quote

  1. The deprecation policy will take effect and be documented soon, please check the documentation of each used command as soon as a new release of QEMU is available
  2. DO NOT rely on anything which is not explicit documented
  3. Errors, in special, are not documented. Applications should NOT check for specific errors classes or data (it’s strongly recommended to only check for the “error” key)

#+end_quote #+end_quote

QMP ERRORS

QapiErrorClass (Enum)

QEMU error classes

Values

GenericError
this is used for errors that don’t require a specific error class. This should be the default case for most errors
CommandNotFound
the requested command has not been found
DeviceNotActive
a device has failed to be become active
DeviceNotFound
the requested device has not been found
KVMMissingCap
the requested operation can’t be fulfilled because a required KVM capability is missing

Since

1.2

COMMON DATA TYPES

IoOperationType (Enum)

An enumeration of the I/O operation types

Values

read
read operation
write
write operation

Since

2.1

OnOffAuto (Enum)

An enumeration of three options: on, off, and auto

Values

auto
QEMU selects the value between on and off
on
Enabled
off
Disabled

Since

2.2

OnOffSplit (Enum)

An enumeration of three values: on, off, and split

Values

on
Enabled
off
Disabled
split
Mixed

Since

2.6

String (Object)

A fat type wrapping ’str’, to be embedded in lists.

Members

*str: string*
Not documented

Since

1.2

StrOrNull (Alternate)

This is a string value or the explicit lack of a string (null pointer in C). Intended for cases when ’optional absent’ already has a different meaning.

Members

*s: string*
the string value
*n: null*
no string value

Since

2.10

OffAutoPCIBAR (Enum)

An enumeration of options for specifying a PCI BAR

Values

off
The specified feature is disabled
auto
The PCI BAR for the feature is automatically selected
bar0
PCI BAR0 is used for the feature
bar1
PCI BAR1 is used for the feature
bar2
PCI BAR2 is used for the feature
bar3
PCI BAR3 is used for the feature
bar4
PCI BAR4 is used for the feature
bar5
PCI BAR5 is used for the feature

Since

2.12

PCIELinkSpeed (Enum)

An enumeration of PCIe link speeds in units of GT/s

Values

2_5
2.5GT/s
5
5.0GT/s
8
8.0GT/s
16
16.0GT/s

Since

4.0

PCIELinkWidth (Enum)

An enumeration of PCIe link width

Values

1
x1
2
x2
4
x4
8
x8
12
x12
16
x16
32
x32

Since

4.0

HostMemPolicy (Enum)

Host memory policy types

Values

default
restore default policy, remove any nondefault policy
preferred
set the preferred host nodes for allocation
bind
a strict policy that restricts memory allocation to the host nodes specified
interleave
memory allocations are interleaved across the set of host nodes specified

Since

2.1

NetFilterDirection (Enum)

Indicates whether a netfilter is attached to a netdev’s transmit queue or receive queue or both.

Values

all
the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit queue of the netdev (default).
rx
the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
tx
the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.

Since

2.5

GrabToggleKeys (Enum)

Keys to toggle input-linux between host and guest.

Values

ctrl-ctrl
Not documented
alt-alt
Not documented
shift-shift
Not documented
meta-meta
Not documented
scrolllock
Not documented
ctrl-scrolllock
Not documented

Since

4.0

HumanReadableText (Object)

Members

*human-readable-text: string*
Formatted output intended for humans.

Since

6.2

SOCKET DATA TYPES

NetworkAddressFamily (Enum)

The network address family

Values

ipv4
IPV4 family
ipv6
IPV6 family
unix
unix socket
vsock
vsock family (since 2.8)
unknown
otherwise

Since

2.1

InetSocketAddressBase (Object)

Members

*host: string*
host part of the address
*port: string*
port part of the address

InetSocketAddress (Object)

Captures a socket address or address range in the Internet namespace.

Members

*numeric: boolean (optional)*
true if the host/port are guaranteed to be numeric, false if name resolution should be attempted. Defaults to false. (Since 2.9)
*to: int (optional)*
If present, this is range of possible addresses, with port between port and to.
*ipv4: boolean (optional)*
whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6
*ipv6: boolean (optional)*
whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6
*keep-alive: boolean (optional)*
enable keep-alive when connecting to this socket. Not supported for passive sockets. (Since 4.2)
mptcp: boolean (optional) (If: HAVE_IPPROTO_MPTCP)
enable multi-path TCP. (Since 6.1)
The members of InetSocketAddressBase

Since

1.3

UnixSocketAddress (Object)

Captures a socket address in the local (“Unix socket”) namespace.

Members

*path: string*
filesystem path to use
abstract: boolean (optional) (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
if true, this is a Linux abstract socket address. path will be prefixed by a null byte, and optionally padded with null bytes. Defaults to false. (Since 5.1)
tight: boolean (optional) (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
if false, pad an abstract socket address with enough null bytes to make it fill struct sockaddr_un member sun_path. Defaults to true. (Since 5.1)

Since

1.3

VsockSocketAddress (Object)

Captures a socket address in the vsock namespace.

Members

*cid: string*
unique host identifier
*port: string*
port

Note

string types are used to allow for possible future hostname or service resolution support.

Since

2.8

InetSocketAddressWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: InetSocketAddress*
Not documented

Since

1.3

UnixSocketAddressWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: UnixSocketAddress*
Not documented

Since

1.3

VsockSocketAddressWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: VsockSocketAddress*
Not documented

Since

2.8

StringWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: String*
Not documented

Since

1.3

SocketAddressLegacy (Object)

Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file descriptor

Members

*type: SocketAddressType*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *InetSocketAddressWrapper when type is “inet”* ::
(no term)
The members of *UnixSocketAddressWrapper when type is “unix”* ::
(no term)
The members of *VsockSocketAddressWrapper when type is “vsock”* ::
The members of *StringWrapper when type is “fd”*

Note

This type is deprecated in favor of SocketAddress. The difference between SocketAddressLegacy and SocketAddress is that the latter is has fewer {} on the wire.

Since

1.3

SocketAddressType (Enum)

Available SocketAddress types

Values

inet
Internet address
unix
Unix domain socket
vsock
VMCI address
fd
decimal is for file descriptor number, otherwise a file descriptor name. Named file descriptors are permitted in monitor commands, in combination with the ’getfd’ command. Decimal file descriptors are permitted at startup or other contexts where no monitor context is active.

Since

2.9

SocketAddress (Object)

Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file descriptor

Members

*type: SocketAddressType*
Transport type
The members of *InetSocketAddress when type is “inet”*
The members of *UnixSocketAddress when type is “unix”*
The members of *VsockSocketAddress when type is “vsock”*
The members of *String when type is “fd”*

Since

2.9

VM RUN STATE

RunState (Enum)

An enumeration of VM run states.

Values

debug
QEMU is running on a debugger
finish-migrate
guest is paused to finish the migration process
inmigrate
guest is paused waiting for an incoming migration. Note that this state does not tell whether the machine will start at the end of the migration. This depends on the command-line -S option and any invocation of ’stop’ or ’cont’ that has happened since QEMU was started.
internal-error
An internal error that prevents further guest execution has occurred
io-error
the last IOP has failed and the device is configured to pause on I/O errors
paused
guest has been paused via the ’stop’ command
postmigrate
guest is paused following a successful ’migrate’
prelaunch
QEMU was started with -S and guest has not started
restore-vm
guest is paused to restore VM state
running
guest is actively running
save-vm
guest is paused to save the VM state
shutdown
guest is shut down (and -no-shutdown is in use)
suspended
guest is suspended (ACPI S3)
watchdog
the watchdog action is configured to pause and has been triggered
guest-panicked
guest has been panicked as a result of guest OS panic
colo
guest is paused to save/restore VM state under colo checkpoint, VM can not get into this state unless colo capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8)

ShutdownCause (Enum)

An enumeration of reasons for a Shutdown.

Values

none
No shutdown request pending
host-error
An error prevents further use of guest
host-qmp-quit
Reaction to the QMP command ’quit’
host-qmp-system-reset
Reaction to the QMP command ’system_reset’
host-signal
Reaction to a signal, such as SIGINT
host-ui
Reaction to a UI event, like window close
guest-shutdown
Guest shutdown/suspend request, via ACPI or other hardware-specific means
guest-reset
Guest reset request, and command line turns that into a shutdown
guest-panic
Guest panicked, and command line turns that into a shutdown
subsystem-reset
Partial guest reset that does not trigger QMP events and ignores –no-reboot. This is useful for sanitizing hypercalls on s390 that are used during kexec/kdump/boot

StatusInfo (Object)

Information about VCPU run state

Members

*running: boolean*
true if all VCPUs are runnable, false if not runnable
*singlestep: boolean*
true if VCPUs are in single-step mode
*status: RunState*
the virtual machine RunState

Since

0.14

Notes

singlestep is enabled through the GDB stub

query-status (Command)

Query the run status of all VCPUs

Returns

StatusInfo reflecting all VCPUs

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-status" }
      <- { "return": { "running": true,
                       "singlestep": false,
                       "status": "running" } }

#+end_quote

SHUTDOWN (Event)

Emitted when the virtual machine has shut down, indicating that qemu is about to exit.

Arguments

*guest: boolean*
If true, the shutdown was triggered by a guest request (such as a guest-initiated ACPI shutdown request or other hardware-specific action) rather than a host request (such as sending qemu a SIGINT). (since 2.10)
*reason: ShutdownCause*
The ShutdownCause which resulted in the SHUTDOWN. (since 4.0)

Note

If the command-line option “-no-shutdown” has been specified, qemu will not exit, and a STOP event will eventually follow the SHUTDOWN event

Since

0.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "SHUTDOWN", "data": { "guest": true },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } }

#+end_quote

POWERDOWN (Event)

Emitted when the virtual machine is powered down through the power control system, such as via ACPI.

Since

0.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "POWERDOWN",
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } }

#+end_quote

RESET (Event)

Emitted when the virtual machine is reset

Arguments

*guest: boolean*
If true, the reset was triggered by a guest request (such as a guest-initiated ACPI reboot request or other hardware-specific action) rather than a host request (such as the QMP command system_reset). (since 2.10)
*reason: ShutdownCause*
The ShutdownCause of the RESET. (since 4.0)

Since

0.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "RESET", "data": { "guest": false },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041653, "microseconds": 9518 } }

#+end_quote

STOP (Event)

Emitted when the virtual machine is stopped

Since

0.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "STOP",
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041730, "microseconds": 281295 } }

#+end_quote

RESUME (Event)

Emitted when the virtual machine resumes execution

Since

0.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "RESUME",
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1271770767, "microseconds": 582542 } }

#+end_quote

SUSPEND (Event)

Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state, for example, S3 state, which is sometimes called standby state

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "SUSPEND",
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344456160, "microseconds": 309119 } }

#+end_quote

SUSPEND_DISK (Event)

Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state with data saved on disk, for example, S4 state, which is sometimes called hibernate state

Note

QEMU shuts down (similar to event SHUTDOWN) when entering this state

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <-   { "event": "SUSPEND_DISK",
             "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344456160, "microseconds": 309119 } }

#+end_quote

WAKEUP (Event)

Emitted when the guest has woken up from suspend state and is running

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "WAKEUP",
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

#+end_quote

WATCHDOG (Event)

Emitted when the watchdog device’s timer is expired

Arguments

*action: WatchdogAction*
action that has been taken

Note

If action is “reset”, “shutdown”, or “pause” the WATCHDOG event is followed respectively by the RESET, SHUTDOWN, or STOP events

Note

This event is rate-limited.

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "WATCHDOG",
           "data": { "action": "reset" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

#+end_quote

WatchdogAction (Enum)

An enumeration of the actions taken when the watchdog device’s timer is expired

Values

reset
system resets
shutdown
system shutdown, note that it is similar to powerdown, which tries to set to system status and notify guest
poweroff
system poweroff, the emulator program exits
pause
system pauses, similar to stop
debug
system enters debug state
none
nothing is done
inject-nmi
a non-maskable interrupt is injected into the first VCPU (all VCPUS on x86) (since 2.4)

Since

2.1

RebootAction (Enum)

Possible QEMU actions upon guest reboot

Values

reset
Reset the VM
shutdown
Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown action

Since

6.0

ShutdownAction (Enum)

Possible QEMU actions upon guest shutdown

Values

poweroff
Shutdown the VM and exit
pause
pause the VM#

Since

6.0

PanicAction (Enum)

Values

none
Continue VM execution
pause
Pause the VM
shutdown
Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown action

Since

6.0

watchdog-set-action (Command)

Set watchdog action

Arguments

*action: WatchdogAction*
Not documented

Since

2.11

set-action (Command)

Set the actions that will be taken by the emulator in response to guest events.

Arguments

*reboot: RebootAction (optional)*
RebootAction action taken on guest reboot.
*shutdown: ShutdownAction (optional)*
ShutdownAction action taken on guest shutdown.
*panic: PanicAction (optional)*
PanicAction action taken on guest panic.
*watchdog: WatchdogAction (optional)*
WatchdogAction action taken when watchdog timer expires .

Returns

Nothing on success.

Since

6.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "set-action",
           "arguments": { "reboot": "shutdown",
                          "shutdown" : "pause",
                          "panic": "pause",
                          "watchdog": "inject-nmi" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

GUEST_PANICKED (Event)

Emitted when guest OS panic is detected

Arguments

*action: GuestPanicAction*
action that has been taken, currently always “pause”
*info: GuestPanicInformation (optional)*
information about a panic (since 2.9)

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "GUEST_PANICKED",
           "data": { "action": "pause" } }

#+end_quote

GUEST_CRASHLOADED (Event)

Emitted when guest OS crash loaded is detected

Arguments

*action: GuestPanicAction*
action that has been taken, currently always “run”
*info: GuestPanicInformation (optional)*
information about a panic

Since

5.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "GUEST_CRASHLOADED",
           "data": { "action": "run" } }

#+end_quote

GuestPanicAction (Enum)

An enumeration of the actions taken when guest OS panic is detected

Values

pause
system pauses
poweroff
Not documented
run
Not documented

Since

2.1 (poweroff since 2.8, run since 5.0)

GuestPanicInformationType (Enum)

An enumeration of the guest panic information types

Values

hyper-v
hyper-v guest panic information type
s390
s390 guest panic information type (Since: 2.12)

Since

2.9

GuestPanicInformation (Object)

Information about a guest panic

Members

*type: GuestPanicInformationType*
Crash type that defines the hypervisor specific information
(no term)
The members of *GuestPanicInformationHyperV when type is “hyper-v”* ::
(no term)
The members of *GuestPanicInformationS390 when type is “s390”* ::

Since

2.9

GuestPanicInformationHyperV (Object)

Hyper-V specific guest panic information (HV crash MSRs)

Members

*arg1: int*
Not documented
*arg2: int*
Not documented
*arg3: int*
Not documented
*arg4: int*
Not documented
*arg5: int*
Not documented

Since

2.9

S390CrashReason (Enum)

Reason why the CPU is in a crashed state.

Values

unknown
no crash reason was set
disabled-wait
the CPU has entered a disabled wait state
extint-loop
clock comparator or cpu timer interrupt with new PSW enabled for external interrupts
pgmint-loop
program interrupt with BAD new PSW
opint-loop
operation exception interrupt with invalid code at the program interrupt new PSW

Since

2.12

GuestPanicInformationS390 (Object)

S390 specific guest panic information (PSW)

Members

*core: int*
core id of the CPU that crashed
*psw-mask: int*
control fields of guest PSW
*psw-addr: int*
guest instruction address
*reason: S390CrashReason*
guest crash reason

Since

2.12

MEMORY_FAILURE (Event)

Emitted when a memory failure occurs on host side.

Arguments

*recipient: MemoryFailureRecipient*
recipient is defined as MemoryFailureRecipient.
*action: MemoryFailureAction*
action that has been taken. action is defined as MemoryFailureAction.
*flags: MemoryFailureFlags*
flags for MemoryFailureAction. action is defined as MemoryFailureFlags.

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "MEMORY_FAILURE",
           "data": { "recipient": "hypervisor",
                     "action": "fatal",
                     "flags": { 'action-required': false } }

#+end_quote

MemoryFailureRecipient (Enum)

Hardware memory failure occurs, handled by recipient.

Values

hypervisor
memory failure at QEMU process address space. (none guest memory, but used by QEMU itself).
guest
memory failure at guest memory,

Since

5.2

MemoryFailureAction (Enum)

Actions taken by QEMU in response to a hardware memory failure.

Values

ignore
the memory failure could be ignored. This will only be the case for action-optional failures.
inject
memory failure occurred in guest memory, the guest enabled MCE handling mechanism, and QEMU could inject the MCE into the guest successfully.
fatal
the failure is unrecoverable. This occurs for action-required failures if the recipient is the hypervisor; QEMU will exit.
reset
the failure is unrecoverable but confined to the guest. This occurs if the recipient is a guest guest which is not ready to handle memory failures.

Since

5.2

MemoryFailureFlags (Object)

Additional information on memory failures.

Members

*action-required: boolean*
whether a memory failure event is action-required or action-optional (e.g. a failure during memory scrub).
*recursive: boolean*
whether the failure occurred while the previous failure was still in progress.

Since

5.2

CRYPTOGRAPHY

QCryptoTLSCredsEndpoint (Enum)

The type of network endpoint that will be using the credentials. Most types of credential require different setup / structures depending on whether they will be used in a server versus a client.

Values

client
the network endpoint is acting as the client
server
the network endpoint is acting as the server

Since

2.5

QCryptoSecretFormat (Enum)

The data format that the secret is provided in

Values

raw
raw bytes. When encoded in JSON only valid UTF-8 sequences can be used
base64
arbitrary base64 encoded binary data

Since

2.6

QCryptoHashAlgorithm (Enum)

The supported algorithms for computing content digests

Values

md5
MD5. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only
sha1
SHA-1. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only
sha224
SHA-224. (since 2.7)
sha256
SHA-256. Current recommended strong hash.
sha384
SHA-384. (since 2.7)
sha512
SHA-512. (since 2.7)
ripemd160
RIPEMD-160. (since 2.7)

Since

2.6

QCryptoCipherAlgorithm (Enum)

The supported algorithms for content encryption ciphers

Values

aes-128
AES with 128 bit / 16 byte keys
aes-192
AES with 192 bit / 24 byte keys
aes-256
AES with 256 bit / 32 byte keys
des
DES with 56 bit / 8 byte keys. Do not use except in VNC. (since 6.1)
3des
3DES(EDE) with 192 bit / 24 byte keys (since 2.9)
cast5-128
Cast5 with 128 bit / 16 byte keys
serpent-128
Serpent with 128 bit / 16 byte keys
serpent-192
Serpent with 192 bit / 24 byte keys
serpent-256
Serpent with 256 bit / 32 byte keys
twofish-128
Twofish with 128 bit / 16 byte keys
twofish-192
Twofish with 192 bit / 24 byte keys
twofish-256
Twofish with 256 bit / 32 byte keys

Since

2.6

QCryptoCipherMode (Enum)

The supported modes for content encryption ciphers

Values

ecb
Electronic Code Book
cbc
Cipher Block Chaining
xts
XEX with tweaked code book and ciphertext stealing
ctr
Counter (Since 2.8)

Since

2.6

QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm (Enum)

The supported algorithms for generating initialization vectors for full disk encryption. The ’plain’ generator should not be used for disks with sector numbers larger than 2^32, except where compatibility with pre-existing Linux dm-crypt volumes is required.

Values

plain
64-bit sector number truncated to 32-bits
plain64
64-bit sector number
essiv
64-bit sector number encrypted with a hash of the encryption key

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockFormat (Enum)

The supported full disk encryption formats

Values

qcow
QCow/QCow2 built-in AES-CBC encryption. Use only for liberating data from old images.
luks
LUKS encryption format. Recommended for new images

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockOptionsBase (Object)

The common options that apply to all full disk encryption formats

Members

*format: QCryptoBlockFormat*
the encryption format

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow (Object)

The options that apply to QCow/QCow2 AES-CBC encryption format

Members

*key-secret: string (optional)*
the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for metadata only.

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS (Object)

The options that apply to LUKS encryption format

Members

*key-secret: string (optional)*
the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for metadata only.

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)

The options that apply to LUKS encryption format initialization

Members

*cipher-alg: QCryptoCipherAlgorithm (optional)*
the cipher algorithm for data encryption Currently defaults to ’aes-256’.
*cipher-mode: QCryptoCipherMode (optional)*
the cipher mode for data encryption Currently defaults to ’xts’
*ivgen-alg: QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm (optional)*
the initialization vector generator Currently defaults to ’plain64’
*ivgen-hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm (optional)*
the initialization vector generator hash Currently defaults to ’sha256’
*hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm (optional)*
the master key hash algorithm Currently defaults to ’sha256’
*iter-time: int (optional)*
number of milliseconds to spend in PBKDF passphrase processing. Currently defaults to 2000. (since 2.8)
The members of QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockOpenOptions (Object)

The options that are available for all encryption formats when opening an existing volume

Members

The members of QCryptoBlockOptionsBase
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow when format is “qcow”* ::
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockCreateOptions (Object)

The options that are available for all encryption formats when initializing a new volume

Members

The members of QCryptoBlockOptionsBase
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow when format is “qcow”* ::
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

2.6

QCryptoBlockInfoBase (Object)

The common information that applies to all full disk encryption formats

Members

*format: QCryptoBlockFormat*
the encryption format

Since

2.7

QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot (Object)

Information about the LUKS block encryption key slot options

Members

*active: boolean*
whether the key slot is currently in use
*key-offset: int*
offset to the key material in bytes
*iters: int (optional)*
number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material
*stripes: int (optional)*
number of stripes for splitting key material

Since

2.7

QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS (Object)

Information about the LUKS block encryption options

Members

*cipher-alg: QCryptoCipherAlgorithm*
the cipher algorithm for data encryption
*cipher-mode: QCryptoCipherMode*
the cipher mode for data encryption
*ivgen-alg: QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm*
the initialization vector generator
*ivgen-hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm (optional)*
the initialization vector generator hash
*hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm*
the master key hash algorithm
*payload-offset: int*
offset to the payload data in bytes
*master-key-iters: int*
number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material
*uuid: string*
unique identifier for the volume
*slots: array of QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot*
information about each key slot

Since

2.7

QCryptoBlockInfo (Object)

Information about the block encryption options

Members

The members of QCryptoBlockInfoBase
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

2.7

QCryptoBlockLUKSKeyslotState (Enum)

Defines state of keyslots that are affected by the update

Values

active
The slots contain the given password and marked as active
inactive
The slots are erased (contain garbage) and marked as inactive

Since

5.1

QCryptoBlockAmendOptionsLUKS (Object)

This struct defines the update parameters that activate/de-activate set of keyslots

Members

*state: QCryptoBlockLUKSKeyslotState*
the desired state of the keyslots
*new-secret: string (optional)*
The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password to be written into added active keyslots
*old-secret: string (optional)*
Optional (for deactivation only) If given will deactivate all keyslots that match password located in QCryptoSecret with this ID
*iter-time: int (optional)*
Optional (for activation only) Number of milliseconds to spend in PBKDF passphrase processing for the newly activated keyslot. Currently defaults to 2000.
*keyslot: int (optional)*
Optional. ID of the keyslot to activate/deactivate. For keyslot activation, keyslot should not be active already (this is unsafe to update an active keyslot), but possible if ’force’ parameter is given. If keyslot is not given, first free keyslot will be written.

For keyslot deactivation, this parameter specifies the exact keyslot to deactivate

*secret: string (optional)*
Optional. The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password to use to retrieve current master key. Defaults to the same secret that was used to open the image

Since 5.1

QCryptoBlockAmendOptions (Object)

The options that are available for all encryption formats when amending encryption settings

Members

The members of QCryptoBlockOptionsBase
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockAmendOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

5.1

SecretCommonProperties (Object)

Properties for objects of classes derived from secret-common.

Members

*loaded: boolean (optional)*
if true, the secret is loaded immediately when applying this option and will probably fail when processing the next option. Don’t use; only provided for compatibility. (default: false)
*format: QCryptoSecretFormat (optional)*
the data format that the secret is provided in (default: raw)
*keyid: string (optional)*
the name of another secret that should be used to decrypt the provided data. If not present, the data is assumed to be unencrypted.
*iv: string (optional)*
the random initialization vector used for encryption of this particular secret. Should be a base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV. Mandatory if keyid is given. Ignored if keyid is absent.

Features

deprecated
Member loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn’t make sense, and false is already the default.

Since

2.6

SecretProperties (Object)

Properties for secret objects.

Either data or file must be provided, but not both.

Members

*data: string (optional)*
the associated with the secret from
*file: string (optional)*
the filename to load the data associated with the secret from
The members of SecretCommonProperties

Since

2.6

SecretKeyringProperties (Object)

Properties for secret_keyring objects.

Members

*serial: int*
serial number that identifies a key to get from the kernel
The members of SecretCommonProperties

Since

5.1

TlsCredsProperties (Object)

Properties for objects of classes derived from tls-creds.

Members

*verify-peer: boolean (optional)*
if true the peer credentials will be verified once the handshake is completed. This is a no-op for anonymous credentials. (default: true)
*dir: string (optional)*
the path of the directory that contains the credential files
*endpoint: QCryptoTLSCredsEndpoint (optional)*
whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server (default: client)
*priority: string (optional)*
a gnutls priority string as described at https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html

Since

2.5

TlsCredsAnonProperties (Object)

Properties for tls-creds-anon objects.

Members

*loaded: boolean (optional)*
if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don’t use; only provided for compatibility. (default: false)
The members of TlsCredsProperties

Features

deprecated
Member loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn’t make sense, and false is already the default.

Since

2.5

TlsCredsPskProperties (Object)

Properties for tls-creds-psk objects.

Members

*loaded: boolean (optional)*
if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don’t use; only provided for compatibility. (default: false)
*username: string (optional)*
the username which will be sent to the server. For clients only. If absent, “qemu” is sent and the property will read back as an empty string.
The members of TlsCredsProperties

Features

deprecated
Member loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn’t make sense, and false is already the default.

Since

3.0

TlsCredsX509Properties (Object)

Properties for tls-creds-x509 objects.

Members

*loaded: boolean (optional)*
if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don’t use; only provided for compatibility. (default: false)
*sanity-check: boolean (optional)*
if true, perform some sanity checks before using the credentials (default: true)
*passwordid: string (optional)*
For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the ID of a previously created secret object containing the password for decryption.
The members of TlsCredsProperties

Features

deprecated
Member loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn’t make sense, and false is already the default.

Since

2.5

BLOCK DEVICES

Block core (VM unrelated)

Background jobs

JobType (Enum)

Type of a background job.

Values

commit
block commit job type, see “block-commit”
stream
block stream job type, see “block-stream”
mirror
drive mirror job type, see “drive-mirror”
backup
drive backup job type, see “drive-backup”
create
image creation job type, see “blockdev-create” (since 3.0)
amend
image options amend job type, see “x-blockdev-amend” (since 5.1)
snapshot-load
snapshot load job type, see “snapshot-load” (since 6.0)
snapshot-save
snapshot save job type, see “snapshot-save” (since 6.0)
snapshot-delete
snapshot delete job type, see “snapshot-delete” (since 6.0)

Since

1.7

JobStatus (Enum)

Indicates the present state of a given job in its lifetime.

Values

undefined
Erroneous, default state. Should not ever be visible.
created
The job has been created, but not yet started.
running
The job is currently running.
paused
The job is running, but paused. The pause may be requested by either the QMP user or by internal processes.
ready
The job is running, but is ready for the user to signal completion. This is used for long-running jobs like mirror that are designed to run indefinitely.
standby
The job is ready, but paused. This is nearly identical to paused. The job may return to ready or otherwise be canceled.
waiting
The job is waiting for other jobs in the transaction to converge to the waiting state. This status will likely not be visible for the last job in a transaction.
pending
The job has finished its work, but has finalization steps that it needs to make prior to completing. These changes will require manual intervention via job-finalize if auto-finalize was set to false. These pending changes may still fail.
aborting
The job is in the process of being aborted, and will finish with an error. The job will afterwards report that it is concluded. This status may not be visible to the management process.
concluded
The job has finished all work. If auto-dismiss was set to false, the job will remain in the query list until it is dismissed via job-dismiss.
null
The job is in the process of being dismantled. This state should not ever be visible externally.

Since

2.12

JobVerb (Enum)

Represents command verbs that can be applied to a job.

Values

cancel
see job-cancel
pause
see job-pause
resume
see job-resume
set-speed
see block-job-set-speed
complete
see job-complete
dismiss
see job-dismiss
finalize
see job-finalize

Since

2.12

JOB_STATUS_CHANGE (Event)

Emitted when a job transitions to a different status.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier
*status: JobStatus*
The new job status

Since

3.0

job-pause (Command)

Pause an active job.

This command returns immediately after marking the active job for pausing. Pausing an already paused job is an error.

The job will pause as soon as possible, which means transitioning into the PAUSED state if it was RUNNING, or into STANDBY if it was READY. The corresponding JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event will be emitted.

Cancelling a paused job automatically resumes it.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Since

3.0

job-resume (Command)

Resume a paused job.

This command returns immediately after resuming a paused job. Resuming an already running job is an error.

id : The job identifier.

Arguments

*id: string*
Not documented

Since

3.0

job-cancel (Command)

Instruct an active background job to cancel at the next opportunity. This command returns immediately after marking the active job for cancellation.

The job will cancel as soon as possible and then emit a JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event. Usually, the status will change to ABORTING, but it is possible that a job successfully completes (e.g. because it was almost done and there was no opportunity to cancel earlier than completing the job) and transitions to PENDING instead.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Since

3.0

job-complete (Command)

Manually trigger completion of an active job in the READY state.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Since

3.0

job-dismiss (Command)

Deletes a job that is in the CONCLUDED state. This command only needs to be run explicitly for jobs that don’t have automatic dismiss enabled.

This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached its terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of JOB_READY event, job-cancel or job-complete will still need to be used as appropriate.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Since

3.0

job-finalize (Command)

Instructs all jobs in a transaction (or a single job if it is not part of any transaction) to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup. This command requires that all involved jobs are in the PENDING state.

For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force ALL jobs in the transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct a single member job to finalize.

Arguments

*id: string*
The identifier of any job in the transaction, or of a job that is not part of any transaction.

Since

3.0

JobInfo (Object)

Information about a job.

Members

*id: string*
The job identifier
*type: JobType*
The kind of job that is being performed
*status: JobStatus*
Current job state/status
*current-progress: int*
Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the value can only meaningfully be used for the ratio of current-progress to total-progress. The value is monotonically increasing.
*total-progress: int*
Estimated current-progress value at the completion of the job. This value can arbitrarily change while the job is running, in both directions.
*error: string (optional)*
If this field is present, the job failed; if it is still missing in the CONCLUDED state, this indicates successful completion.

The value is a human-readable error message to describe the reason for the job failure. It should not be parsed by applications.

Since

3.0

query-jobs (Command)

Return information about jobs.

Returns

a list with a JobInfo for each active job

Since

3.0

SnapshotInfo (Object)

Members

*id: string*
unique snapshot id
*name: string*
user chosen name
*vm-state-size: int*
size of the VM state
*date-sec: int*
UTC date of the snapshot in seconds
*date-nsec: int*
fractional part in nano seconds to be used with date-sec
*vm-clock-sec: int*
VM clock relative to boot in seconds
*vm-clock-nsec: int*
fractional part in nano seconds to be used with vm-clock-sec
*icount: int (optional)*
Current instruction count. Appears when execution record/replay is enabled. Used for “time-traveling” to match the moment in the recorded execution with the snapshots. This counter may be obtained through query-replay command (since 5.2)

Since

1.3

ImageInfoSpecificQCow2EncryptionBase (Object)

Members

*format: BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat*
The encryption format

Since

2.10

ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Encryption (Object)

Members

The members of ImageInfoSpecificQCow2EncryptionBase
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

2.10

ImageInfoSpecificQCow2 (Object)

Members

*compat: string*
compatibility level
*data-file: string (optional)*
the filename of the external data file that is stored in the image and used as a default for opening the image (since: 4.0)
*data-file-raw: boolean (optional)*
True if the external data file must stay valid as a standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 metadata (since: 4.0)
*extended-l2: boolean (optional)*
true if the image has extended L2 entries; only valid for compat >= 1.1 (since 5.2)
*lazy-refcounts: boolean (optional)*
on or off; only valid for compat >= 1.1
*corrupt: boolean (optional)*
true if the image has been marked corrupt; only valid for compat >= 1.1 (since 2.2)
*refcount-bits: int*
width of a refcount entry in bits (since 2.3)
(no term)
*encrypt: ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Encryption (optional)* :: details about encryption parameters; only set if image is encrypted (since 2.10)
*bitmaps: array of Qcow2BitmapInfo (optional)*
A list of qcow2 bitmap details (since 4.0)
*compression-type: Qcow2CompressionType*
the image cluster compression method (since 5.1)

Since

1.7

ImageInfoSpecificVmdk (Object)

Members

*create-type: string*
The create type of VMDK image
*cid: int*
Content id of image
*parent-cid: int*
Parent VMDK image’s cid
*extents: array of ImageInfo*
List of extent files

Since

1.7

ImageInfoSpecificRbd (Object)

Members

  • *encryption-format: RbdImageEncryptionFormat (optional)* :: Image encryption format

Since

6.1

ImageInfoSpecificKind (Enum)

Values

luks
Since 2.7
rbd
Since 6.1
qcow2
Not documented
vmdk
Not documented

Since

1.7

ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Wrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ImageInfoSpecificQCow2*
Not documented

Since

1.7

ImageInfoSpecificVmdkWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ImageInfoSpecificVmdk*
Not documented

Since

6.1

ImageInfoSpecificLUKSWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS*
Not documented

Since

2.7

ImageInfoSpecificRbdWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ImageInfoSpecificRbd*
Not documented

Since

6.1

ImageInfoSpecific (Object)

A discriminated record of image format specific information structures.

Members

*type: ImageInfoSpecificKind*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Wrapper when type is “qcow2”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ImageInfoSpecificVmdkWrapper when type is “vmdk”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ImageInfoSpecificLUKSWrapper when type is “luks”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ImageInfoSpecificRbdWrapper when type is “rbd”* ::

Since

1.7

ImageInfo (Object)

Information about a QEMU image file

Members

*filename: string*
name of the image file
*format: string*
format of the image file
*virtual-size: int*
maximum capacity in bytes of the image
*actual-size: int (optional)*
actual size on disk in bytes of the image
*dirty-flag: boolean (optional)*
true if image is not cleanly closed
*cluster-size: int (optional)*
size of a cluster in bytes
*encrypted: boolean (optional)*
true if the image is encrypted
*compressed: boolean (optional)*
true if the image is compressed (Since 1.7)
*backing-filename: string (optional)*
name of the backing file
*full-backing-filename: string (optional)*
full path of the backing file
*backing-filename-format: string (optional)*
the format of the backing file
*snapshots: array of SnapshotInfo (optional)*
list of VM snapshots
*backing-image: ImageInfo (optional)*
info of the backing image (since 1.6)
*format-specific: ImageInfoSpecific (optional)*
structure supplying additional format-specific information (since 1.7)

Since

1.3

ImageCheck (Object)

Information about a QEMU image file check

Members

*filename: string*
name of the image file checked
*format: string*
format of the image file checked
*check-errors: int*
number of unexpected errors occurred during check
*image-end-offset: int (optional)*
offset (in bytes) where the image ends, this field is present if the driver for the image format supports it
*corruptions: int (optional)*
number of corruptions found during the check if any
*leaks: int (optional)*
number of leaks found during the check if any
*corruptions-fixed: int (optional)*
number of corruptions fixed during the check if any
*leaks-fixed: int (optional)*
number of leaks fixed during the check if any
*total-clusters: int (optional)*
total number of clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image format supports it
*allocated-clusters: int (optional)*
total number of allocated clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image format supports it
*fragmented-clusters: int (optional)*
total number of fragmented clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image format supports it
*compressed-clusters: int (optional)*
total number of compressed clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image format supports it

Since

1.4

MapEntry (Object)

Mapping information from a virtual block range to a host file range

Members

*start: int*
virtual (guest) offset of the first byte described by this entry
*length: int*
the number of bytes of the mapped virtual range
*data: boolean*
reading the image will actually read data from a file (in particular, if offset is present this means that the sectors are not simply preallocated, but contain actual data in raw format)
*zero: boolean*
whether the virtual blocks read as zeroes
*depth: int*
number of layers (0 = top image, 1 = top image’s backing file, …, n - 1 = bottom image (where n is the number of images in the chain)) before reaching one for which the range is allocated
*present: boolean*
true if this layer provides the data, false if adding a backing layer could impact this region (since 6.1)
*offset: int (optional)*
if present, the image file stores the data for this range in raw format at the given (host) offset
*filename: string (optional)*
filename that is referred to by offset

Since

2.6

BlockdevCacheInfo (Object)

Cache mode information for a block device

Members

*writeback: boolean*
true if writeback mode is enabled
*direct: boolean*
true if the host page cache is bypassed (O_DIRECT)
*no-flush: boolean*
true if flush requests are ignored for the device

Since

2.3

BlockDeviceInfo (Object)

Information about the backing device for a block device.

Members

*file: string*
the filename of the backing device
*node-name: string (optional)*
the name of the block driver node (Since 2.0)
*ro: boolean*
true if the backing device was open read-only
*drv: string*
the name of the block format used to open the backing device. As of 0.14 this can be: ’blkdebug’, ’bochs’, ’cloop’, ’cow’, ’dmg’, ’file’, ’file’, ’ftp’, ’ftps’, ’host_cdrom’, ’host_device’, ’http’, ’https’, ’luks’, ’nbd’, ’parallels’, ’qcow’, ’qcow2’, ’raw’, ’vdi’, ’vmdk’, ’vpc’, ’vvfat’ 2.2: ’archipelago’ added, ’cow’ dropped 2.3: ’host_floppy’ deprecated 2.5: ’host_floppy’ dropped 2.6: ’luks’ added 2.8: ’replication’ added, ’tftp’ dropped 2.9: ’archipelago’ dropped
*backing_file: string (optional)*
the name of the backing file (for copy-on-write)
*backing_file_depth: int*
number of files in the backing file chain (since: 1.2)
*encrypted: boolean*
true if the backing device is encrypted
*detect_zeroes: BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions*
detect and optimize zero writes (Since 2.1)
*bps: int*
total throughput limit in bytes per second is specified
*bps_rd: int*
read throughput limit in bytes per second is specified
*bps_wr: int*
write throughput limit in bytes per second is specified
*iops: int*
total I/O operations per second is specified
*iops_rd: int*
read I/O operations per second is specified
*iops_wr: int*
write I/O operations per second is specified
*image: ImageInfo*
the info of image used (since: 1.6)
*bps_max: int (optional)*
total throughput limit during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_rd_max: int (optional)*
read throughput limit during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_wr_max: int (optional)*
write throughput limit during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_max: int (optional)*
total I/O operations per second during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_rd_max: int (optional)*
read I/O operations per second during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_wr_max: int (optional)*
write I/O operations per second during bursts,
in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the *bps_max burst*
period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*bps_rd_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the bps_rd_max
burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*bps_wr_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the bps_wr_max
burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*iops_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the *iops burst*
period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*iops_rd_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the iops_rd_max
burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*iops_wr_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the iops_wr_max
burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)
*iops_size: int (optional)*
an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7)
*group: string (optional)*
throttle group name (Since 2.4)
*cache: BlockdevCacheInfo*
the cache mode used for the block device (since: 2.3)
*write_threshold: int*
configured write threshold for the device. 0 if disabled. (Since 2.3)
*dirty-bitmaps: array of BlockDirtyInfo (optional)*
dirty bitmaps information (only present if node has one or more dirty bitmaps) (Since 4.2)

Since

0.14

BlockDeviceIoStatus (Enum)

An enumeration of block device I/O status.

Values

ok
The last I/O operation has succeeded
failed
The last I/O operation has failed
nospace
The last I/O operation has failed due to a no-space condition

Since

1.0

BlockDirtyInfo (Object)

Block dirty bitmap information.

Members

*name: string (optional)*
the name of the dirty bitmap (Since 2.4)
*count: int*
number of dirty bytes according to the dirty bitmap
*granularity: int*
granularity of the dirty bitmap in bytes (since 1.4)
*recording: boolean*
true if the bitmap is recording new writes from the guest. Replaces active and disabled statuses. (since 4.0)
*busy: boolean*
true if the bitmap is in-use by some operation (NBD or jobs) and cannot be modified via QMP or used by another operation. Replaces locked and frozen statuses. (since 4.0)
*persistent: boolean*
true if the bitmap was stored on disk, is scheduled to be stored on disk, or both. (since 4.0)
*inconsistent: boolean (optional)*
true if this is a persistent bitmap that was improperly stored. Implies persistent to be true; recording and busy to be false. This bitmap cannot be used. To remove it, use block-dirty-bitmap-remove. (Since 4.0)

Since

1.3

Qcow2BitmapInfoFlags (Enum)

An enumeration of flags that a bitmap can report to the user.

Values

in-use
This flag is set by any process actively modifying the qcow2 file, and cleared when the updated bitmap is flushed to the qcow2 image. The presence of this flag in an offline image means that the bitmap was not saved correctly after its last usage, and may contain inconsistent data.
auto
The bitmap must reflect all changes of the virtual disk by any application that would write to this qcow2 file.

Since

4.0

Qcow2BitmapInfo (Object)

Qcow2 bitmap information.

Members

*name: string*
the name of the bitmap
*granularity: int*
granularity of the bitmap in bytes
*flags: array of Qcow2BitmapInfoFlags*
flags of the bitmap

Since

4.0

BlockLatencyHistogramInfo (Object)

Block latency histogram.

Members

*boundaries: array of int*
list of interval boundary values in nanoseconds, all greater than zero and in ascending order. For example, the list [10, 50, 100] produces the following histogram intervals: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf).
*bins: array of int*
list of io request counts corresponding to histogram intervals. len(bins) = len(boundaries) + 1 For the example above, bins may be something like [3, 1, 5, 2], and corresponding histogram looks like:

#+begin_quote 

      5|           *
      4|           *
      3| *         *
      2| *         *    *
      1| *    *    *    *
       +------------------
           10   50   100

#+end_quote

Since

4.0

BlockInfo (Object)

Block device information. This structure describes a virtual device and the backing device associated with it.

Members

*device: string*
The device name associated with the virtual device.
*qdev: string (optional)*
The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block device. (since 2.10)
*type: string*
This field is returned only for compatibility reasons, it should not be used (always returns ’unknown’)
*removable: boolean*
True if the device supports removable media.
*locked: boolean*
True if the guest has locked this device from having its media removed
*tray_open: boolean (optional)*
True if the device’s tray is open (only present if it has a tray)
(no term)
*io-status: BlockDeviceIoStatus (optional)* :: BlockDeviceIoStatus. Only present if the device supports it and the VM is configured to stop on errors (supported device models: virtio-blk, IDE, SCSI except scsi-generic)
*inserted: BlockDeviceInfo (optional)*
BlockDeviceInfo describing the device if media is present

Since

0.14

BlockMeasureInfo (Object)

Image file size calculation information. This structure describes the size requirements for creating a new image file.

The size requirements depend on the new image file format. File size always equals virtual disk size for the ’raw’ format, even for sparse POSIX files. Compact formats such as ’qcow2’ represent unallocated and zero regions efficiently so file size may be smaller than virtual disk size.

The values are upper bounds that are guaranteed to fit the new image file. Subsequent modification, such as internal snapshot or further bitmap creation, may require additional space and is not covered here.

Members

*required: int*
Size required for a new image file, in bytes, when copying just allocated guest-visible contents.
*fully-allocated: int*
Image file size, in bytes, once data has been written to all sectors, when copying just guest-visible contents.
*bitmaps: int (optional)*
Additional size required if all the top-level bitmap metadata in the source image were to be copied to the destination, present only when source and destination both support persistent bitmaps. (since 5.1)

Since

2.10

query-block (Command)

Get a list of BlockInfo for all virtual block devices.

Returns

a list of BlockInfo describing each virtual block device. Filter nodes that were created implicitly are skipped over.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-block" }
      <- {
            "return":[
               {
                  "io-status": "ok",
                  "device":"ide0-hd0",
                  "locked":false,
                  "removable":false,
                  "inserted":{
                     "ro":false,
                     "drv":"qcow2",
                     "encrypted":false,
                     "file":"disks/test.qcow2",
                     "backing_file_depth":1,
                     "bps":1000000,
                     "bps_rd":0,
                     "bps_wr":0,
                     "iops":1000000,
                     "iops_rd":0,
                     "iops_wr":0,
                     "bps_max": 8000000,
                     "bps_rd_max": 0,
                     "bps_wr_max": 0,
                     "iops_max": 0,
                     "iops_rd_max": 0,
                     "iops_wr_max": 0,
                     "iops_size": 0,
                     "detect_zeroes": "on",
                     "write_threshold": 0,
                     "image":{
                        "filename":"disks/test.qcow2",
                        "format":"qcow2",
                        "virtual-size":2048000,
                        "backing_file":"base.qcow2",
                        "full-backing-filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                        "backing-filename-format":"qcow2",
                        "snapshots":[
                           {
                              "id": "1",
                              "name": "snapshot1",
                              "vm-state-size": 0,
                              "date-sec": 10000200,
                              "date-nsec": 12,
                              "vm-clock-sec": 206,
                              "vm-clock-nsec": 30
                           }
                        ],
                        "backing-image":{
                            "filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                            "format":"qcow2",
                            "virtual-size":2048000
                        }
                     }
                  },
                  "qdev": "ide_disk",
                  "type":"unknown"
               },
               {
                  "io-status": "ok",
                  "device":"ide1-cd0",
                  "locked":false,
                  "removable":true,
                  "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[23]",
                  "tray_open": false,
                  "type":"unknown"
               },
               {
                  "device":"floppy0",
                  "locked":false,
                  "removable":true,
                  "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[20]",
                  "type":"unknown"
               },
               {
                  "device":"sd0",
                  "locked":false,
                  "removable":true,
                  "type":"unknown"
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

BlockDeviceTimedStats (Object)

Statistics of a block device during a given interval of time.

Members

*interval_length: int*
Interval used for calculating the statistics, in seconds.
*min_rd_latency_ns: int*
Minimum latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*min_wr_latency_ns: int*
Minimum latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*min_flush_latency_ns: int*
Minimum latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*max_rd_latency_ns: int*
Maximum latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*max_wr_latency_ns: int*
Maximum latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*max_flush_latency_ns: int*
Maximum latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*avg_rd_latency_ns: int*
Average latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*avg_wr_latency_ns: int*
Average latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*avg_flush_latency_ns: int*
Average latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.
*avg_rd_queue_depth: number*
Average number of pending read operations in the defined interval.
*avg_wr_queue_depth: number*
Average number of pending write operations in the defined interval.

Since

2.5

BlockDeviceStats (Object)

Statistics of a virtual block device or a block backing device.

Members

*rd_bytes: int*
The number of bytes read by the device.
*wr_bytes: int*
The number of bytes written by the device.
*unmap_bytes: int*
The number of bytes unmapped by the device (Since 4.2)
*rd_operations: int*
The number of read operations performed by the device.
*wr_operations: int*
The number of write operations performed by the device.
*flush_operations: int*
The number of cache flush operations performed by the device (since 0.15)
*unmap_operations: int*
The number of unmap operations performed by the device (Since 4.2)
*rd_total_time_ns: int*
Total time spent on reads in nanoseconds (since 0.15).
*wr_total_time_ns: int*
Total time spent on writes in nanoseconds (since 0.15).
*flush_total_time_ns: int*
Total time spent on cache flushes in nanoseconds (since 0.15).
*unmap_total_time_ns: int*
Total time spent on unmap operations in nanoseconds (Since 4.2)
*wr_highest_offset: int*
The offset after the greatest byte written to the device. The intended use of this information is for growable sparse files (like qcow2) that are used on top of a physical device.
*rd_merged: int*
Number of read requests that have been merged into another request (Since 2.3).
*wr_merged: int*
Number of write requests that have been merged into another request (Since 2.3).
*unmap_merged: int*
Number of unmap requests that have been merged into another request (Since 4.2)
*idle_time_ns: int (optional)*
Time since the last I/O operation, in nanoseconds. If the field is absent it means that there haven’t been any operations yet (Since 2.5).
*failed_rd_operations: int*
The number of failed read operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*failed_wr_operations: int*
The number of failed write operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*failed_flush_operations: int*
The number of failed flush operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*failed_unmap_operations: int*
The number of failed unmap operations performed by the device (Since 4.2)
*invalid_rd_operations: int*
The number of invalid read operations
performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*invalid_wr_operations: int*
The number of invalid write operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*invalid_flush_operations: int*
The number of invalid flush operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)
*invalid_unmap_operations: int*
The number of invalid unmap operations performed by the device (Since 4.2)
*account_invalid: boolean*
Whether invalid operations are included in the last access statistics (Since 2.5)
*account_failed: boolean*
Whether failed operations are included in the latency and last access statistics (Since 2.5)
*timed_stats: array of BlockDeviceTimedStats*
Statistics specific to the set of previously defined intervals of time (Since 2.5)
(no term)
*rd_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo (optional)* :: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0)
(no term)
*wr_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo (optional)* :: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0)
(no term)
*flush_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo (optional)* :: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0)

Since

0.14

BlockStatsSpecificFile (Object)

File driver statistics

Members

*discard-nb-ok: int*
The number of successful discard operations performed by the driver.
*discard-nb-failed: int*
The number of failed discard operations performed by the driver.
*discard-bytes-ok: int*
The number of bytes discarded by the driver.

Since

4.2

BlockStatsSpecificNvme (Object)

NVMe driver statistics

Members

*completion-errors: int*
The number of completion errors.
*aligned-accesses: int*
The number of aligned accesses performed by the driver.
*unaligned-accesses: int*
The number of unaligned accesses performed by the driver.

Since

5.2

BlockStatsSpecific (Object)

Block driver specific statistics

Members

*driver: BlockdevDriver*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *BlockStatsSpecificFile when driver is “file”* ::
(no term)
The members of BlockStatsSpecificFile when driver is “host_device” (If: HAVE_HOST_BLOCK_DEVICE) ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockStatsSpecificNvme when driver is “nvme”* ::

Since

4.2

BlockStats (Object)

Statistics of a virtual block device or a block backing device.

Members

*device: string (optional)*
If the stats are for a virtual block device, the name corresponding to the virtual block device.
*node-name: string (optional)*
The node name of the device. (Since 2.3)
*qdev: string (optional)*
The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block device. (since 3.0)
*stats: BlockDeviceStats*
A BlockDeviceStats for the device.
*driver-specific: BlockStatsSpecific (optional)*
Optional driver-specific stats. (Since 4.2)
*parent: BlockStats (optional)*
This describes the file block device if it has one. Contains recursively the statistics of the underlying protocol (e.g. the host file for a qcow2 image). If there is no underlying protocol, this field is omitted
*backing: BlockStats (optional)*
This describes the backing block device if it has one. (Since 2.0)

Since

0.14

query-blockstats (Command)

Query the BlockStats for all virtual block devices.

Arguments

*query-nodes: boolean (optional)*
If true, the command will query all the block nodes that have a node name, in a list which will include “parent” information, but not “backing”. If false or omitted, the behavior is as before - query all the device backends, recursively including their “parent” and “backing”. Filter nodes that were created implicitly are skipped over in this mode. (Since 2.3)

Returns

A list of BlockStats for each virtual block devices.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-blockstats" }
      <- {
            "return":[
               {
                  "device":"ide0-hd0",
                  "parent":{
                     "stats":{
                        "wr_highest_offset":3686448128,
                        "wr_bytes":9786368,
                        "wr_operations":751,
                        "rd_bytes":122567168,
                        "rd_operations":36772
                        "wr_total_times_ns":313253456
                        "rd_total_times_ns":3465673657
                        "flush_total_times_ns":49653
                        "flush_operations":61,
                        "rd_merged":0,
                        "wr_merged":0,
                        "idle_time_ns":2953431879,
                        "account_invalid":true,
                        "account_failed":false
                     }
                  },
                  "stats":{
                     "wr_highest_offset":2821110784,
                     "wr_bytes":9786368,
                     "wr_operations":692,
                     "rd_bytes":122739200,
                     "rd_operations":36604
                     "flush_operations":51,
                     "wr_total_times_ns":313253456
                     "rd_total_times_ns":3465673657
                     "flush_total_times_ns":49653,
                     "rd_merged":0,
                     "wr_merged":0,
                     "idle_time_ns":2953431879,
                     "account_invalid":true,
                     "account_failed":false
                  },
                  "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[23]"
               },
               {
                  "device":"ide1-cd0",
                  "stats":{
                     "wr_highest_offset":0,
                     "wr_bytes":0,
                     "wr_operations":0,
                     "rd_bytes":0,
                     "rd_operations":0
                     "flush_operations":0,
                     "wr_total_times_ns":0
                     "rd_total_times_ns":0
                     "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                     "rd_merged":0,
                     "wr_merged":0,
                     "account_invalid":false,
                     "account_failed":false
                  },
                  "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[24]"
               },
               {
                  "device":"floppy0",
                  "stats":{
                     "wr_highest_offset":0,
                     "wr_bytes":0,
                     "wr_operations":0,
                     "rd_bytes":0,
                     "rd_operations":0
                     "flush_operations":0,
                     "wr_total_times_ns":0
                     "rd_total_times_ns":0
                     "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                     "rd_merged":0,
                     "wr_merged":0,
                     "account_invalid":false,
                     "account_failed":false
                  },
                  "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[16]"
               },
               {
                  "device":"sd0",
                  "stats":{
                     "wr_highest_offset":0,
                     "wr_bytes":0,
                     "wr_operations":0,
                     "rd_bytes":0,
                     "rd_operations":0
                     "flush_operations":0,
                     "wr_total_times_ns":0
                     "rd_total_times_ns":0
                     "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                     "rd_merged":0,
                     "wr_merged":0,
                     "account_invalid":false,
                     "account_failed":false
                  }
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

BlockdevOnError (Enum)

An enumeration of possible behaviors for errors on I/O operations. The exact meaning depends on whether the I/O was initiated by a guest or by a block job

Values

report
for guest operations, report the error to the guest; for jobs, cancel the job
ignore
ignore the error, only report a QMP event (BLOCK_IO_ERROR or BLOCK_JOB_ERROR). The backup, mirror and commit block jobs retry the failing request later and may still complete successfully. The stream block job continues to stream and will complete with an error.
enospc
same as stop on ENOSPC, same as report otherwise.
stop
for guest operations, stop the virtual machine; for jobs, pause the job
auto
inherit the error handling policy of the backend (since: 2.7)

Since

1.3

MirrorSyncMode (Enum)

An enumeration of possible behaviors for the initial synchronization phase of storage mirroring.

Values

top
copies data in the topmost image to the destination
full
copies data from all images to the destination
none
only copy data written from now on
incremental
only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. (since: 2.4)
bitmap
only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. (since: 4.2) Behavior on completion is determined by the BitmapSyncMode.

Since

1.3

BitmapSyncMode (Enum)

An enumeration of possible behaviors for the synchronization of a bitmap when used for data copy operations.

Values

on-success
The bitmap is only synced when the operation is successful. This is the behavior always used for ’INCREMENTAL’ backups.
never
The bitmap is never synchronized with the operation, and is treated solely as a read-only manifest of blocks to copy.
always
The bitmap is always synchronized with the operation, regardless of whether or not the operation was successful.

Since

4.2

MirrorCopyMode (Enum)

An enumeration whose values tell the mirror block job when to trigger writes to the target.

Values

background
copy data in background only.
write-blocking
when data is written to the source, write it (synchronously) to the target as well. In addition, data is copied in background just like in background mode.

Since

3.0

BlockJobInfo (Object)

Information about a long-running block device operation.

Members

*type: string*
the job type (’stream’ for image streaming)
*device: string*
The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU 2.7
*len: int*
Estimated offset value at the completion of the job. This value can arbitrarily change while the job is running, in both directions.
*offset: int*
Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the value can only meaningfully be used for the ratio of offset to len. The value is monotonically increasing.
*busy: boolean*
false if the job is known to be in a quiescent state, with no pending I/O. Since 1.3.
*paused: boolean*
whether the job is paused or, if busy is true, will pause itself as soon as possible. Since 1.3.
*speed: int*
the rate limit, bytes per second
*io-status: BlockDeviceIoStatus*
the status of the job (since 1.3)
*ready: boolean*
true if the job may be completed (since 2.2)
*status: JobStatus*
Current job state/status (since 2.12)
*auto-finalize: boolean*
Job will finalize itself when PENDING, moving to the CONCLUDED state. (since 2.12)
*auto-dismiss: boolean*
Job will dismiss itself when CONCLUDED, moving to the NULL state and disappearing from the query list. (since 2.12)
*error: string (optional)*
Error information if the job did not complete successfully. Not set if the job completed successfully. (since 2.12.1)

Since

1.1

query-block-jobs (Command)

Return information about long-running block device operations.

Returns

a list of BlockJobInfo for each active block job

Since

1.1

block_resize (Command)

Resize a block image while a guest is running.

Either device or node-name must be set but not both.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
the name of the device to get the image resized
*node-name: string (optional)*
graph node name to get the image resized (Since 2.0)
*size: int*
new image size in bytes

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block_resize",
           "arguments": { "device": "scratch", "size": 1073741824 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

NewImageMode (Enum)

An enumeration that tells QEMU how to set the backing file path in a new image file.

Values

existing
QEMU should look for an existing image file.
absolute-paths
QEMU should create a new image with absolute paths for the backing file. If there is no backing file available, the new image will not be backed either.

Since

1.1

BlockdevSnapshotSync (Object)

Either device or node-name must be set but not both.

Members

*device: string (optional)*
the name of the device to take a snapshot of.
*node-name: string (optional)*
graph node name to generate the snapshot from (Since 2.0)
*snapshot-file: string*
the target of the new overlay image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the overlay will be created in the existing file/device. Otherwise, a new file will be created.
*snapshot-node-name: string (optional)*
the graph node name of the new image (Since 2.0)
*format: string (optional)*
the format of the overlay image, default is ’qcow2’.
*mode: NewImageMode (optional)*
whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is ’absolute-paths’.

BlockdevSnapshot (Object)

Members

*node: string*
device or node name that will have a snapshot taken.
*overlay: string*
reference to the existing block device that will become the overlay of node, as part of taking the snapshot. It must not have a current backing file (this can be achieved by passing “backing”: null to blockdev-add).

Since

2.5

BackupPerf (Object)

Optional parameters for backup. These parameters don’t affect functionality, but may significantly affect performance.

Members

*use-copy-range: boolean (optional)*
Use copy offloading. Default false.
*max-workers: int (optional)*
Maximum number of parallel requests for the sustained background copying process. Doesn’t influence copy-before-write operations. Default 64.
*max-chunk: int (optional)*
Maximum request length for the sustained background copying process. Doesn’t influence copy-before-write operations. 0 means unlimited. If max-chunk is non-zero then it should not be less than job cluster size which is calculated as maximum of target image cluster size and 64k. Default 0.

Since

6.0

BackupCommon (Object)

Members

*job-id: string (optional)*
identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7)
*device: string*
the device name or node-name of a root node which should be copied.
*sync: MirrorSyncMode*
what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, from a dirty bitmap, or only new I/O).
*speed: int (optional)*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second. The default is 0, for unlimited.
*bitmap: string (optional)*
The name of a dirty bitmap to use. Must be present if sync is “bitmap” or “incremental”. Can be present if sync is “full” or “top”. Must not be present otherwise. (Since 2.4 (drive-backup), 3.1 (blockdev-backup))
*bitmap-mode: BitmapSyncMode (optional)*
Specifies the type of data the bitmap should contain after the operation concludes. Must be present if a bitmap was provided, Must NOT be present otherwise. (Since 4.2)
*compress: boolean (optional)*
true to compress data, if the target format supports it. (default: false) (since 2.8)
*on-source-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the source, default ’report’. ’stop’ and ’enospc’ can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).
*on-target-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the target, default ’report’ (no limitations, since this applies to a different block device than device).
*auto-finalize: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work, waiting for block-job-finalize before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to true. (Since 2.12)
*auto-dismiss: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query list without user intervention. Defaults to true. (Since 2.12)
*filter-node-name: string (optional)*
the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the backup job inserts into the graph above node specified by drive. If this option is not given, a node name is autogenerated. (Since: 4.2)
*x-perf: BackupPerf (optional)*
Performance options. (Since 6.0)

Features

unstable
Member x-perf is experimental.

Note

on-source-error and on-target-error only affect background I/O. If an error occurs during a guest write request, the device’s rerror/werror actions will be used.

Since

4.2

DriveBackup (Object)

Members

*target: string*
the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created.
*format: string (optional)*
the format of the new destination, default is to probe if mode is ’existing’, else the format of the source
*mode: NewImageMode (optional)*
whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is ’absolute-paths’.
The members of BackupCommon

Since

1.6

BlockdevBackup (Object)

Members

*target: string*
the device name or node-name of the backup target node.
The members of BackupCommon

Since

2.3

blockdev-snapshot-sync (Command)

Takes a synchronous snapshot of a block device.

For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotSync.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-sync",
           "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                          "snapshot-file":
                          "/some/place/my-image",
                          "format": "qcow2" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-snapshot (Command)

Takes a snapshot of a block device.

Take a snapshot, by installing ’node’ as the backing image of ’overlay’. Additionally, if ’node’ is associated with a block device, the block device changes to using ’overlay’ as its new active image.

For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshot.

Features

allow-write-only-overlay
If present, the check whether this operation is safe was relaxed so that it can be used to change backing file of a destination of a blockdev-mirror. (since 5.0)

Since

2.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": { "driver": "qcow2",
                          "node-name": "node1534",
                          "file": { "driver": "file",
                                    "filename": "hd1.qcow2" },
                          "backing": null } }

      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot",
           "arguments": { "node": "ide-hd0",
                          "overlay": "node1534" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

change-backing-file (Command)

Change the backing file in the image file metadata. This does not cause QEMU to reopen the image file to reparse the backing filename (it may, however, perform a reopen to change permissions from r/o -> r/w -> r/o, if needed). The new backing file string is written into the image file metadata, and the QEMU internal strings are updated.

Arguments

*image-node-name: string*
The name of the block driver state node of the image to modify. The “device” argument is used to verify “image-node-name” is in the chain described by “device”.
*device: string*
The device name or node-name of the root node that owns image-node-name.
*backing-file: string*
The string to write as the backing file. This string is not validated, so care should be taken when specifying the string or the image chain may not be able to be reopened again.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If “device” does not exist or cannot be determined, DeviceNotFound

Since

2.1

block-commit (Command)

Live commit of data from overlay image nodes into backing nodes - i.e., writes data between ’top’ and ’base’ into ’base’.

If top == base, that is an error. If top has no overlays on top of it, or if it is in use by a writer, the job will not be completed by itself. The user needs to complete the job with the block-job-complete command after getting the ready event. (Since 2.0)

If the base image is smaller than top, then the base image will be resized to be the same size as top. If top is smaller than the base image, the base will not be truncated. If you want the base image size to match the size of the smaller top, you can safely truncate it yourself once the commit operation successfully completes.

Arguments

*job-id: string (optional)*
identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7)
*device: string*
the device name or node-name of a root node
*base-node: string (optional)*
The node name of the backing image to write data into. If not specified, this is the deepest backing image. (since: 3.1)
*base: string (optional)*
Same as base-node, except that it is a file name rather than a node name. This must be the exact filename string that was used to open the node; other strings, even if addressing the same file, are not accepted
*top-node: string (optional)*
The node name of the backing image within the image chain which contains the topmost data to be committed down. If not specified, this is the active layer. (since: 3.1)
*top: string (optional)*
Same as top-node, except that it is a file name rather than a node name. This must be the exact filename string that was used to open the node; other strings, even if addressing the same file, are not accepted
*backing-file: string (optional)*
The backing file string to write into the overlay image of ’top’. If ’top’ does not have an overlay image, or if ’top’ is in use by a writer, specifying a backing file string is an error.

This filename is not validated. If a pathname string is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that means that subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use node-names for the image in question, as filename lookup methods will fail.

If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing file string to use, or error out if there is no obvious choice. Care should be taken when specifying the string, to specify a valid filename or protocol. (Since 2.1)

*speed: int (optional)*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second
*on-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error. ’ignore’ means that the request should be retried. (default: report; Since: 5.0)
*filter-node-name: string (optional)*
the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the commit job inserts into the graph above top. If this option is not given, a node name is autogenerated. (Since: 2.9)
*auto-finalize: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work, waiting for block-job-finalize before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)
*auto-dismiss: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query list without user intervention. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)

Features

deprecated
Members base and top are deprecated. Use base-node and top-node instead.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If device does not exist, DeviceNotFound
  • Any other error returns a GenericError.

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-commit",
           "arguments": { "device": "virtio0",
                          "top": "/tmp/snap1.qcow2" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

drive-backup (Command)

Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. The status of ongoing drive-backup operations can be checked with query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value ’backup’. The operation can be stopped before it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

Arguments

The members of DriveBackup

Features

deprecated
This command is deprecated. Use blockdev-backup instead.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, GenericError

Since

1.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "drive-backup",
           "arguments": { "device": "drive0",
                          "sync": "full",
                          "target": "backup.img" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-backup (Command)

Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. The status of ongoing blockdev-backup operations can be checked with query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value ’backup’. The operation can be stopped before it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

Arguments

The members of BlockdevBackup

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

Since

2.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-backup",
           "arguments": { "device": "src-id",
                          "sync": "full",
                          "target": "tgt-id" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

query-named-block-nodes (Command)

Get the named block driver list

Arguments

*flat: boolean (optional)*
Omit the nested data about backing image (“backing-image” key) if true. Default is false (Since 5.0)

Returns

the list of BlockDeviceInfo

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-named-block-nodes" }
      <- { "return": [ { "ro":false,
                         "drv":"qcow2",
                         "encrypted":false,
                         "file":"disks/test.qcow2",
                         "node-name": "my-node",
                         "backing_file_depth":1,
                         "bps":1000000,
                         "bps_rd":0,
                         "bps_wr":0,
                         "iops":1000000,
                         "iops_rd":0,
                         "iops_wr":0,
                         "bps_max": 8000000,
                         "bps_rd_max": 0,
                         "bps_wr_max": 0,
                         "iops_max": 0,
                         "iops_rd_max": 0,
                         "iops_wr_max": 0,
                         "iops_size": 0,
                         "write_threshold": 0,
                         "image":{
                            "filename":"disks/test.qcow2",
                            "format":"qcow2",
                            "virtual-size":2048000,
                            "backing_file":"base.qcow2",
                            "full-backing-filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                            "backing-filename-format":"qcow2",
                            "snapshots":[
                               {
                                  "id": "1",
                                  "name": "snapshot1",
                                  "vm-state-size": 0,
                                  "date-sec": 10000200,
                                  "date-nsec": 12,
                                  "vm-clock-sec": 206,
                                  "vm-clock-nsec": 30
                               }
                            ],
                            "backing-image":{
                                "filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                                "format":"qcow2",
                                "virtual-size":2048000
                            }
                         } } ] }

#+end_quote

XDbgBlockGraphNodeType (Enum)

Values

block-backend
corresponds to BlockBackend
block-job
corresponds to BlockJob
block-driver
corresponds to BlockDriverState

Since

4.0

XDbgBlockGraphNode (Object)

Members

*id: int*
Block graph node identifier. This id is generated only for x-debug-query-block-graph and does not relate to any other identifiers in Qemu.
*type: XDbgBlockGraphNodeType*
Type of graph node. Can be one of block-backend, block-job or block-driver-state.
*name: string*
Human readable name of the node. Corresponds to node-name for block-driver-state nodes; is not guaranteed to be unique in the whole graph (with block-jobs and block-backends).

Since

4.0

BlockPermission (Enum)

Enum of base block permissions.

Values

consistent-read
A user that has the “permission” of consistent reads is guaranteed that their view of the contents of the block device is complete and self-consistent, representing the contents of a disk at a specific point. For most block devices (including their backing files) this is true, but the property cannot be maintained in a few situations like for intermediate nodes of a commit block job.
write
This permission is required to change the visible disk contents.
write-unchanged
This permission (which is weaker than BLK_PERM_WRITE) is both enough and required for writes to the block node when the caller promises that the visible disk content doesn’t change. As the BLK_PERM_WRITE permission is strictly stronger, either is sufficient to perform an unchanging write.
resize
This permission is required to change the size of a block node.
graph-mod
This permission is required to change the node that this BdrvChild points to.

Since

4.0

XDbgBlockGraphEdge (Object)

Block Graph edge description for x-debug-query-block-graph.

Members

*parent: int*
parent id
*child: int*
child id
*name: string*
name of the relation (examples are ’file’ and ’backing’)
*perm: array of BlockPermission*
granted permissions for the parent operating on the child
*shared-perm: array of BlockPermission*
permissions that can still be granted to other users of the child while it is still attached to this parent

Since

4.0

XDbgBlockGraph (Object)

Block Graph - list of nodes and list of edges.

Members

*nodes: array of XDbgBlockGraphNode*
Not documented
*edges: array of XDbgBlockGraphEdge*
Not documented

Since

4.0

x-debug-query-block-graph (Command)

Get the block graph.

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Since

4.0

drive-mirror (Command)

Start mirroring a block device’s writes to a new destination. target specifies the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, it will be used as the new destination for writes. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. format specifies the format of the mirror image, default is to probe if mode=’existing’, else the format of the source.

Arguments

The members of DriveMirror

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, GenericError

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "drive-mirror",
           "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                          "target": "/some/place/my-image",
                          "sync": "full",
                          "format": "qcow2" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DriveMirror (Object)

A set of parameters describing drive mirror setup.

Members

*job-id: string (optional)*
identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7)
*device: string*
the device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be mirrored.
*target: string*
the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created.
*format: string (optional)*
the format of the new destination, default is to probe if mode is ’existing’, else the format of the source
*node-name: string (optional)*
the new block driver state node name in the graph (Since 2.1)
*replaces: string (optional)*
with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to repair broken Quorum files. By default, device is replaced, although implicitly created filters on it are kept. (Since 2.1)
*mode: NewImageMode (optional)*
whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is ’absolute-paths’.
*speed: int (optional)*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second
*sync: MirrorSyncMode*
what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or only new I/O).
*granularity: int (optional)*
granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the image format doesn’t have clusters, 4K if the clusters are smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a power of 2 between 512 and 64M (since 1.4).
*buf-size: int (optional)*
maximum amount of data in flight from source to target (since 1.4).
*on-source-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the source, default ’report’. ’stop’ and ’enospc’ can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).
*on-target-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the target, default ’report’ (no limitations, since this applies to a different block device than device).
*unmap: boolean (optional)*
Whether to try to unmap target sectors where source has only zero. If true, and target unallocated sectors will read as zero, target image sectors will be unmapped; otherwise, zeroes will be written. Both will result in identical contents. Default is true. (Since 2.4)
*copy-mode: MirrorCopyMode (optional)*
when to copy data to the destination; defaults to ’background’ (Since: 3.0)
*auto-finalize: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work, waiting for block-job-finalize before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)
*auto-dismiss: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query list without user intervention. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)

Since

1.3

BlockDirtyBitmap (Object)

Members

*node: string*
name of device/node which the bitmap is tracking
*name: string*
name of the dirty bitmap

Since

2.4

BlockDirtyBitmapAdd (Object)

Members

*node: string*
name of device/node which the bitmap is tracking
*name: string*
name of the dirty bitmap (must be less than 1024 bytes)
*granularity: int (optional)*
the bitmap granularity, default is 64k for block-dirty-bitmap-add
*persistent: boolean (optional)*
the bitmap is persistent, i.e. it will be saved to the corresponding block device image file on its close. For now only Qcow2 disks support persistent bitmaps. Default is false for block-dirty-bitmap-add. (Since: 2.10)
*disabled: boolean (optional)*
the bitmap is created in the disabled state, which means that it will not track drive changes. The bitmap may be enabled with block-dirty-bitmap-enable. Default is false. (Since: 4.0)

Since

2.4

BlockDirtyBitmapMergeSource (Alternate)

Members

*local: string*
name of the bitmap, attached to the same node as target bitmap.
*external: BlockDirtyBitmap*
bitmap with specified node

Since

4.1

BlockDirtyBitmapMerge (Object)

Members

*node: string*
name of device/node which the target bitmap is tracking
*target: string*
name of the destination dirty bitmap
*bitmaps: array of BlockDirtyBitmapMergeSource*
name(s) of the source dirty bitmap(s) at node and/or fully specified BlockDirtyBitmap elements. The latter are supported since 4.1.

Since

4.0

block-dirty-bitmap-add (Command)

Create a dirty bitmap with a name on the node, and start tracking the writes.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is already taken, GenericError with an explanation

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-add",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-dirty-bitmap-remove (Command)

Stop write tracking and remove the dirty bitmap that was created with block-dirty-bitmap-add. If the bitmap is persistent, remove it from its storage too.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is not found, GenericError with an explanation
  • if name is frozen by an operation, GenericError

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-remove",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-dirty-bitmap-clear (Command)

Clear (reset) a dirty bitmap on the device, so that an incremental backup from this point in time forward will only backup clusters modified after this clear operation.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is not found, GenericError with an explanation

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-clear",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-dirty-bitmap-enable (Command)

Enables a dirty bitmap so that it will begin tracking disk changes.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is not found, GenericError with an explanation

Since

4.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-enable",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-dirty-bitmap-disable (Command)

Disables a dirty bitmap so that it will stop tracking disk changes.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is not found, GenericError with an explanation

Since

4.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-disable",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-dirty-bitmap-merge (Command)

Merge dirty bitmaps listed in bitmaps to the target dirty bitmap. Dirty bitmaps in bitmaps will be unchanged, except if it also appears as the target bitmap. Any bits already set in target will still be set after the merge, i.e., this operation does not clear the target. On error, target is unchanged.

The resulting bitmap will count as dirty any clusters that were dirty in any of the source bitmaps. This can be used to achieve backup checkpoints, or in simpler usages, to copy bitmaps.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound
  • If any bitmap in bitmaps or target is not found, GenericError
  • If any of the bitmaps have different sizes or granularities, GenericError

Since

4.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-merge",
           "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "target": "bitmap0",
                          "bitmaps": ["bitmap1"] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 (Object)

SHA256 hash of dirty bitmap data

Members

*sha256: string*
ASCII representation of SHA256 bitmap hash

Since

2.10

x-debug-block-dirty-bitmap-sha256 (Command)

Get bitmap SHA256.

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

  • BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 on success
  • If node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound
  • If name is not found or if hashing has failed, GenericError with an explanation

Since

2.10

blockdev-mirror (Command)

Start mirroring a block device’s writes to a new destination.

Arguments

*job-id: string (optional)*
identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7)
*device: string*
The device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be mirrored.
*target: string*
the id or node-name of the block device to mirror to. This mustn’t be attached to guest.
*replaces: string (optional)*
with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to repair broken Quorum files. By default, device is replaced, although implicitly created filters on it are kept.
*speed: int (optional)*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second
*sync: MirrorSyncMode*
what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or only new I/O).
*granularity: int (optional)*
granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the image format doesn’t have clusters, 4K if the clusters are smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a power of 2 between 512 and 64M
*buf-size: int (optional)*
maximum amount of data in flight from source to target
*on-source-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the source, default ’report’. ’stop’ and ’enospc’ can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).
*on-target-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error on the target, default ’report’ (no limitations, since this applies to a different block device than device).
*filter-node-name: string (optional)*
the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the mirror job inserts into the graph above device. If this option is not given, a node name is autogenerated. (Since: 2.9)
*copy-mode: MirrorCopyMode (optional)*
when to copy data to the destination; defaults to ’background’ (Since: 3.0)
*auto-finalize: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work, waiting for block-job-finalize before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)
*auto-dismiss: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query list without user intervention. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)

Returns

nothing on success.

Since

2.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-mirror",
           "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                          "target": "target0",
                          "sync": "full" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

BlockIOThrottle (Object)

A set of parameters describing block throttling.

Members

*device: string (optional)*
Block device name
*id: string (optional)*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)
*bps: int*
total throughput limit in bytes per second
*bps_rd: int*
read throughput limit in bytes per second
*bps_wr: int*
write throughput limit in bytes per second
*iops: int*
total I/O operations per second
*iops_rd: int*
read I/O operations per second
*iops_wr: int*
write I/O operations per second
*bps_max: int (optional)*
total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_rd_max: int (optional)*
read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_wr_max: int (optional)*
write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_max: int (optional)*
total I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_rd_max: int (optional)*
read I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*iops_wr_max: int (optional)*
write I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)
*bps_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the bps_max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if bps_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*bps_rd_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the bps_rd_max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if bps_rd_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*bps_wr_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the bps_wr_max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if bps_wr_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*iops_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the iops burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if iops_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*iops_rd_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the iops_rd_max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if iops_rd_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*iops_wr_max_length: int (optional)*
maximum length of the iops_wr_max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if iops_wr_max is set as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)
*iops_size: int (optional)*
an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7)
*group: string (optional)*
throttle group name (Since 2.4)

Features

deprecated
Member device is deprecated. Use id instead.

Since

1.1

ThrottleLimits (Object)

Limit parameters for throttling. Since some limit combinations are illegal, limits should always be set in one transaction. All fields are optional. When setting limits, if a field is missing the current value is not changed.

Members

*iops-total: int (optional)*
limit total I/O operations per second
*iops-total-max: int (optional)*
I/O operations burst
*iops-total-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the iops-total-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if iops-total-max is set as well.
*iops-read: int (optional)*
limit read operations per second
*iops-read-max: int (optional)*
I/O operations read burst
*iops-read-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the iops-read-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if iops-read-max is set as well.
*iops-write: int (optional)*
limit write operations per second
*iops-write-max: int (optional)*
I/O operations write burst
*iops-write-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the iops-write-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if iops-write-max is set as well.
*bps-total: int (optional)*
limit total bytes per second
*bps-total-max: int (optional)*
total bytes burst
*bps-total-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the bps-total-max burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if bps-total-max is set as well.
*bps-read: int (optional)*
limit read bytes per second
*bps-read-max: int (optional)*
total bytes read burst
*bps-read-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the bps-read-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if bps-read-max is set as well.
*bps-write: int (optional)*
limit write bytes per second
*bps-write-max: int (optional)*
total bytes write burst
*bps-write-max-length: int (optional)*
length of the bps-write-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if bps-write-max is set as well.
*iops-size: int (optional)*
when limiting by iops max size of an I/O in bytes

Since

2.11

ThrottleGroupProperties (Object)

Properties for throttle-group objects.

Members

*limits: ThrottleLimits (optional)*
limits to apply for this throttle group
*x-iops-total: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-total-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-total-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-read: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-read-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-read-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-write: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-write-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-write-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-total: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-total-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-total-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-read: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-read-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-read-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-write: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-write-max: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-bps-write-max-length: int (optional)*
Not documented
*x-iops-size: int (optional)*
Not documented

Features

unstable
All members starting with x- are aliases for the same key without x- in the limits object. This is not a stable interface and may be removed or changed incompatibly in the future. Use limits for a supported stable interface.

Since

2.11

block-stream (Command)

Copy data from a backing file into a block device.

The block streaming operation is performed in the background until the entire backing file has been copied. This command returns immediately once streaming has started. The status of ongoing block streaming operations can be checked with query-block-jobs. The operation can be stopped before it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

The node that receives the data is called the top image, can be located in any part of the chain (but always above the base image; see below) and can be specified using its device or node name. Earlier qemu versions only allowed ’device’ to name the top level node; presence of the ’base-node’ parameter during introspection can be used as a witness of the enhanced semantics of ’device’.

If a base file is specified then sectors are not copied from that base file and its backing chain. This can be used to stream a subset of the backing file chain instead of flattening the entire image. When streaming completes the image file will have the base file as its backing file, unless that node was changed while the job was running. In that case, base’s parent’s backing (or filtered, whichever exists) child (i.e., base at the beginning of the job) will be the new backing file.

On successful completion the image file is updated to drop the backing file and the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is emitted.

In case device is a filter node, block-stream modifies the first non-filter overlay node below it to point to the new backing node instead of modifying device itself.

Arguments

*job-id: string (optional)*
identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7)
*device: string*
the device or node name of the top image
*base: string (optional)*
the common backing file name. It cannot be set if base-node or bottom is also set.
*base-node: string (optional)*
the node name of the backing file. It cannot be set if base or bottom is also set. (Since 2.8)
*bottom: string (optional)*
the last node in the chain that should be streamed into top. It cannot be set if base or base-node is also set. It cannot be filter node. (Since 6.0)
*backing-file: string (optional)*
The backing file string to write into the top image. This filename is not validated.

If a pathname string is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that means that subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use node-names for the image in question, as filename lookup methods will fail.

If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing file string to use, or error out if there is no obvious choice. Care should be taken when specifying the string, to specify a valid filename or protocol. (Since 2.1)

*speed: int (optional)*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second
*on-error: BlockdevOnError (optional)*
the action to take on an error (default report). ’stop’ and ’enospc’ can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). Since 1.3.
*filter-node-name: string (optional)*
the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the stream job inserts into the graph above device. If this option is not given, a node name is autogenerated. (Since: 6.0)
*auto-finalize: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work, waiting for block-job-finalize before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)
*auto-dismiss: boolean (optional)*
When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query list without user intervention. Defaults to true. (Since 3.1)

Returns

  • Nothing on success.
  • If device does not exist, DeviceNotFound.

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-stream",
           "arguments": { "device": "virtio0",
                          "base": "/tmp/master.qcow2" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-job-set-speed (Command)

Set maximum speed for a background block operation.

This command can only be issued when there is an active block job.

Throttling can be disabled by setting the speed to 0.

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.
*speed: int*
the maximum speed, in bytes per second, or 0 for unlimited. Defaults to 0.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive

Since

1.1

block-job-cancel (Command)

Stop an active background block operation.

This command returns immediately after marking the active background block operation for cancellation. It is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress.

The operation will cancel as soon as possible and then emit the BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED event. Before that happens the job is still visible when enumerated using query-block-jobs.

Note that if you issue ’block-job-cancel’ after ’drive-mirror’ has indicated (via the event BLOCK_JOB_READY) that the source and destination are synchronized, then the event triggered by this command changes to BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED, to indicate that the mirroring has ended and the destination now has a point-in-time copy tied to the time of the cancellation.

For streaming, the image file retains its backing file unless the streaming operation happens to complete just as it is being cancelled. A new streaming operation can be started at a later time to finish copying all data from the backing file.

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.
*force: boolean (optional)*
If true, and the job has already emitted the event BLOCK_JOB_READY, abandon the job immediately (even if it is paused) instead of waiting for the destination to complete its final synchronization (since 1.3)

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive

Since

1.1

block-job-pause (Command)

Pause an active background block operation.

This command returns immediately after marking the active background block operation for pausing. It is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress or if the job is already paused.

The operation will pause as soon as possible. No event is emitted when the operation is actually paused. Cancelling a paused job automatically resumes it.

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive

Since

1.3

block-job-resume (Command)

Resume an active background block operation.

This command returns immediately after resuming a paused background block operation. It is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress or if the job is not paused.

This command also clears the error status of the job.

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive

Since

1.3

block-job-complete (Command)

Manually trigger completion of an active background block operation. This is supported for drive mirroring, where it also switches the device to write to the target path only. The ability to complete is signaled with a BLOCK_JOB_READY event.

This command completes an active background block operation synchronously. The ordering of this command’s return with the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is not defined. Note that if an I/O error occurs during the processing of this command: 1) the command itself will fail; 2) the error will be processed according to the rerror/werror arguments that were specified when starting the operation.

A cancelled or paused job cannot be completed.

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive

Since

1.3

block-job-dismiss (Command)

For jobs that have already concluded, remove them from the block-job-query list. This command only needs to be run for jobs which were started with QEMU 2.12+ job lifetime management semantics.

This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached its terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of the BLOCK_JOB_READY event, block-job-cancel or block-job-complete will still need to be used as appropriate.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

2.12

block-job-finalize (Command)

Once a job that has manual=true reaches the pending state, it can be instructed to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup via this command. For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force ALL jobs in the transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct a single member job to finalize.

Arguments

*id: string*
The job identifier.

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

2.12

BlockdevDiscardOptions (Enum)

Determines how to handle discard requests.

Values

ignore
Ignore the request
unmap
Forward as an unmap request

Since

2.9

BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions (Enum)

Describes the operation mode for the automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized zero write commands.

Values

off
Disabled (default)
on
Enabled
unmap
Enabled and even try to unmap blocks if possible. This requires also that BlockdevDiscardOptions is set to unmap for this device.

Since

2.1

BlockdevAioOptions (Enum)

Selects the AIO backend to handle I/O requests

Values

threads
Use qemu’s thread pool
native
Use native AIO backend (only Linux and Windows)
io_uring (If: CONFIG_LINUX_IO_URING)
Use linux io_uring (since 5.0)

Since

2.9

BlockdevCacheOptions (Object)

Includes cache-related options for block devices

Members

*direct: boolean (optional)*
enables use of O_DIRECT (bypass the host page cache; default: false)
*no-flush: boolean (optional)*
ignore any flush requests for the device (default: false)

Since

2.9

BlockdevDriver (Enum)

Drivers that are supported in block device operations.

Values

throttle
Since 2.11
nvme
Since 2.12
copy-on-read
Since 3.0
blklogwrites
Since 3.0
blkreplay
Since 4.2
compress
Since 5.0
copy-before-write
Since 6.2
blkdebug
Not documented
blkverify
Not documented
bochs
Not documented
cloop
Not documented
dmg
Not documented
file
Not documented
ftp
Not documented
ftps
Not documented
gluster
Not documented
host_cdrom (If: HAVE_HOST_BLOCK_DEVICE)
Not documented
host_device (If: HAVE_HOST_BLOCK_DEVICE)
Not documented
http
Not documented
https
Not documented
iscsi
Not documented
luks
Not documented
nbd
Not documented
nfs
Not documented
null-aio
Not documented
null-co
Not documented
parallels
Not documented
preallocate
Not documented
qcow
Not documented
qcow2
Not documented
qed
Not documented
quorum
Not documented
raw
Not documented
rbd
Not documented
replication (If: CONFIG_REPLICATION)
Not documented
ssh
Not documented
vdi
Not documented
vhdx
Not documented
vmdk
Not documented
vpc
Not documented
vvfat
Not documented

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsFile (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the file backend.

Members

*filename: string*
path to the image file
*pr-manager: string (optional)*
the id for the object that will handle persistent reservations for this device (default: none, forward the commands via SG_IO; since 2.11)
*aio: BlockdevAioOptions (optional)*
AIO backend (default: threads) (since: 2.8)
*aio-max-batch: int (optional)*
maximum number of requests to batch together into a single submission in the AIO backend. The smallest value between this and the aio-max-batch value of the IOThread object is chosen. 0 means that the AIO backend will handle it automatically. (default: 0, since 6.2)
*locking: OnOffAuto (optional)*
whether to enable file locking. If set to ’auto’, only enable when Open File Descriptor (OFD) locking API is available (default: auto, since 2.10)
(no term)
drop-cache: boolean (optional) (If: CONFIG_LINUX) :: invalidate page cache during live migration. This prevents stale data on the migration destination with cache.direct=off. Currently only supported on Linux hosts. (default: on, since: 4.0)
*x-check-cache-dropped: boolean (optional)*
whether to check that page cache was dropped on live migration. May cause noticeable delays if the image file is large, do not use in production. (default: off) (since: 3.0)

Features

dynamic-auto-read-only
If present, enabled auto-read-only means that the driver will open the image read-only at first, dynamically reopen the image file read-write when the first writer is attached to the node and reopen read-only when the last writer is detached. This allows giving QEMU write permissions only on demand when an operation actually needs write access.
unstable
Member x-check-cache-dropped is meant for debugging.

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsNull (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the null backend.

Members

*size: int (optional)*
size of the device in bytes.
*latency-ns: int (optional)*
emulated latency (in nanoseconds) in processing requests. Default to zero which completes requests immediately. (Since 2.4)
*read-zeroes: boolean (optional)*
if true, reads from the device produce zeroes; if false, the buffer is left unchanged. (default: false; since: 4.1)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsNVMe (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the NVMe backend.

Members

*device: string*
PCI controller address of the NVMe device in format hhhh:bb:ss.f (host:bus:slot.function)
*namespace: int*
namespace number of the device, starting from 1.

Note that the PCI device must have been unbound from any host kernel driver before instructing QEMU to add the blockdev.

Since

2.12

BlockdevOptionsVVFAT (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the vvfat protocol.

Members

*dir: string*
directory to be exported as FAT image
*fat-type: int (optional)*
FAT type: 12, 16 or 32
*floppy: boolean (optional)*
whether to export a floppy image (true) or partitioned hard disk (false; default)
*label: string (optional)*
set the volume label, limited to 11 bytes. FAT16 and FAT32 traditionally have some restrictions on labels, which are ignored by most operating systems. Defaults to “QEMU VVFAT”. (since 2.4)
*rw: boolean (optional)*
whether to allow write operations (default: false)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat (Object)

Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option besides their data source.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
reference to or definition of the data source block device

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsLUKS (Object)

Driver specific block device options for LUKS.

Members

*key-secret: string (optional)*
the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key (since 2.6). Mandatory except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat (Object)

Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option besides their data source and an optional backing file.

Members

*backing: BlockdevRefOrNull (optional)*
reference to or definition of the backing file block device, null disables the backing file entirely. Defaults to the backing file stored the image file.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

2.9

Qcow2OverlapCheckMode (Enum)

General overlap check modes.

Values

none
Do not perform any checks
constant
Perform only checks which can be done in constant time and without reading anything from disk
cached
Perform only checks which can be done without reading anything from disk
all
Perform all available overlap checks

Since

2.9

Qcow2OverlapCheckFlags (Object)

Structure of flags for each metadata structure. Setting a field to ’true’ makes qemu guard that structure against unintended overwriting. The default value is chosen according to the template given.

Members

*template: Qcow2OverlapCheckMode (optional)*
Specifies a template mode which can be adjusted using the other flags, defaults to ’cached’
*bitmap-directory: boolean (optional)*
since 3.0
*main-header: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*active-l1: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*active-l2: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*refcount-table: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*refcount-block: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*snapshot-table: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*inactive-l1: boolean (optional)*
Not documented
*inactive-l2: boolean (optional)*
Not documented

Since

2.9

Qcow2OverlapChecks (Alternate)

Specifies which metadata structures should be guarded against unintended overwriting.

Members

*flags: Qcow2OverlapCheckFlags*
set of flags for separate specification of each metadata structure type
*mode: Qcow2OverlapCheckMode*
named mode which chooses a specific set of flags

Since

2.9

BlockdevQcowEncryptionFormat (Enum)

Values

aes
AES-CBC with plain64 initialization vectors

Since

2.10

BlockdevQcowEncryption (Object)

Members

*format: BlockdevQcowEncryptionFormat*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow when format is “aes”* ::

Since

2.10

BlockdevOptionsQcow (Object)

Driver specific block device options for qcow.

Members

*encrypt: BlockdevQcowEncryption (optional)*
Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat

Since

2.10

BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat (Enum)

Values

aes
AES-CBC with plain64 initialization vectors
luks
Not documented

Since

2.10

BlockdevQcow2Encryption (Object)

Members

*format: BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow when format is “aes”* ::
(no term)
The members of *QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::

Since

2.10

BlockdevOptionsPreallocate (Object)

Filter driver intended to be inserted between format and protocol node and do preallocation in protocol node on write.

Members

*prealloc-align: int (optional)*
on preallocation, align file length to this number, default 1048576 (1M)
*prealloc-size: int (optional)*
how much to preallocate, default 134217728 (128M)
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

6.0

BlockdevOptionsQcow2 (Object)

Driver specific block device options for qcow2.

Members

*lazy-refcounts: boolean (optional)*
whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (default is taken from the image file)
*pass-discard-request: boolean (optional)*
whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data source
*pass-discard-snapshot: boolean (optional)*
whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file
*pass-discard-other: boolean (optional)*
whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
*overlap-check: Qcow2OverlapChecks (optional)*
which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image, defaults to ’cached’ (since 2.2)
*cache-size: int (optional)*
the maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes (since 2.2)
*l2-cache-size: int (optional)*
the maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (since 2.2)
*l2-cache-entry-size: int (optional)*
the size of each entry in the L2 cache in bytes. It must be a power of two between 512 and the cluster size. The default value is the cluster size (since 2.12)
*refcount-cache-size: int (optional)*
the maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes (since 2.2)
*cache-clean-interval: int (optional)*
clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. 0 disables this feature. (since 2.5)
*encrypt: BlockdevQcow2Encryption (optional)*
Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image. (since 2.10)
*data-file: BlockdevRef (optional)*
reference to or definition of the external data file. This may only be specified for images that require an external data file. If it is not specified for such an image, the data file name is loaded from the image file. (since 4.0)
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat

Since

2.9

SshHostKeyCheckMode (Enum)

Values

none
Don’t check the host key at all
hash
Compare the host key with a given hash
known_hosts
Check the host key against the known_hosts file

Since

2.12

SshHostKeyCheckHashType (Enum)

Values

md5
The given hash is an md5 hash
sha1
The given hash is an sha1 hash
sha256
The given hash is an sha256 hash

Since

2.12

SshHostKeyHash (Object)

Members

*type: SshHostKeyCheckHashType*
The hash algorithm used for the hash
*hash: string*
The expected hash value

Since

2.12

SshHostKeyCheck (Object)

Members

*mode: SshHostKeyCheckMode*
Not documented
The members of *SshHostKeyHash when mode is “hash”*

Since

2.12

BlockdevOptionsSsh (Object)

Members

*server: InetSocketAddress*
host address
*path: string*
path to the image on the host
*user: string (optional)*
user as which to connect, defaults to current local user name
*host-key-check: SshHostKeyCheck (optional)*
Defines how and what to check the host key against (default: known_hosts)

Since

2.9

BlkdebugEvent (Enum)

Trigger events supported by blkdebug.

Values

l1_shrink_write_table
write zeros to the l1 table to shrink image. (since 2.11)
l1_shrink_free_l2_clusters
discard the l2 tables. (since 2.11)
cor_write
a write due to copy-on-read (since 2.11)
cluster_alloc_space
an allocation of file space for a cluster (since 4.1)
none
triggers once at creation of the blkdebug node (since 4.1)
l1_update
Not documented
l1_grow_alloc_table
Not documented
l1_grow_write_table
Not documented
l1_grow_activate_table
Not documented
l2_load
Not documented
l2_update
Not documented
l2_update_compressed
Not documented
l2_alloc_cow_read
Not documented
l2_alloc_write
Not documented
read_aio
Not documented
read_backing_aio
Not documented
read_compressed
Not documented
write_aio
Not documented
write_compressed
Not documented
vmstate_load
Not documented
vmstate_save
Not documented
cow_read
Not documented
cow_write
Not documented
reftable_load
Not documented
reftable_grow
Not documented
reftable_update
Not documented
refblock_load
Not documented
refblock_update
Not documented
refblock_update_part
Not documented
refblock_alloc
Not documented
refblock_alloc_hookup
Not documented
refblock_alloc_write
Not documented
refblock_alloc_write_blocks
Not documented
refblock_alloc_write_table
Not documented
refblock_alloc_switch_table
Not documented
cluster_alloc
Not documented
cluster_alloc_bytes
Not documented
cluster_free
Not documented
flush_to_os
Not documented
flush_to_disk
Not documented
pwritev_rmw_head
Not documented
pwritev_rmw_after_head
Not documented
pwritev_rmw_tail
Not documented
pwritev_rmw_after_tail
Not documented
pwritev
Not documented
pwritev_zero
Not documented
pwritev_done
Not documented
empty_image_prepare
Not documented

Since

2.9

BlkdebugIOType (Enum)

Kinds of I/O that blkdebug can inject errors in.

Values

read
.bdrv_co_preadv()
write
.bdrv_co_pwritev()
write-zeroes
.bdrv_co_pwrite_zeroes()
discard
.bdrv_co_pdiscard()
flush
.bdrv_co_flush_to_disk()
block-status
.bdrv_co_block_status()

Since

4.1

BlkdebugInjectErrorOptions (Object)

Describes a single error injection for blkdebug.

Members

*event: BlkdebugEvent*
trigger event
*state: int (optional)*
the state identifier blkdebug needs to be in to actually trigger the event; defaults to “any”
*iotype: BlkdebugIOType (optional)*
the type of I/O operations on which this error should be injected; defaults to “all read, write, write-zeroes, discard, and flush operations” (since: 4.1)
*errno: int (optional)*
error identifier (errno) to be returned; defaults to EIO
*sector: int (optional)*
specifies the sector index which has to be affected in order to actually trigger the event; defaults to “any sector”
*once: boolean (optional)*
disables further events after this one has been triggered; defaults to false
*immediately: boolean (optional)*
fail immediately; defaults to false

Since

2.9

BlkdebugSetStateOptions (Object)

Describes a single state-change event for blkdebug.

Members

*event: BlkdebugEvent*
trigger event
*state: int (optional)*
the current state identifier blkdebug needs to be in; defaults to “any”
*new_state: int*
the state identifier blkdebug is supposed to assume if this event is triggered

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsBlkdebug (Object)

Driver specific block device options for blkdebug.

Members

*image: BlockdevRef*
underlying raw block device (or image file)
*config: string (optional)*
filename of the configuration file
*align: int (optional)*
required alignment for requests in bytes, must be positive power of 2, or 0 for default
*max-transfer: int (optional)*
maximum size for I/O transfers in bytes, must be positive multiple of align and of the underlying file’s request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)
*opt-write-zero: int (optional)*
preferred alignment for write zero requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of align and of the underlying file’s request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)
*max-write-zero: int (optional)*
maximum size for write zero requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of align, of opt-write-zero, and of the underlying file’s request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)
*opt-discard: int (optional)*
preferred alignment for discard requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of align and of the underlying file’s request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)
*max-discard: int (optional)*
maximum size for discard requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of align, of opt-discard, and of the underlying file’s request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)
(no term)
*inject-error: array of BlkdebugInjectErrorOptions (optional)* :: array of error injection descriptions
(no term)
*set-state: array of BlkdebugSetStateOptions (optional)* :: array of state-change descriptions
(no term)
*take-child-perms: array of BlockPermission (optional)* :: Permissions to take on image in addition to what is necessary anyway (which depends on how the blkdebug node is used). Defaults to none. (since 5.0)
(no term)
*unshare-child-perms: array of BlockPermission (optional)* :: Permissions not to share on image in addition to what cannot be shared anyway (which depends on how the blkdebug node is used). Defaults to none. (since 5.0)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsBlklogwrites (Object)

Driver specific block device options for blklogwrites.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
block device
*log: BlockdevRef*
block device used to log writes to file
*log-sector-size: int (optional)*
sector size used in logging writes to file, determines granularity of offsets and sizes of writes (default: 512)
*log-append: boolean (optional)*
append to an existing log (default: false)
*log-super-update-interval: int (optional)*
interval of write requests after which the log super block is updated to disk (default: 4096)

Since

3.0

BlockdevOptionsBlkverify (Object)

Driver specific block device options for blkverify.

Members

*test: BlockdevRef*
block device to be tested
*raw: BlockdevRef*
raw image used for verification

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsBlkreplay (Object)

Driver specific block device options for blkreplay.

Members

*image: BlockdevRef*
disk image which should be controlled with blkreplay

Since

4.2

QuorumReadPattern (Enum)

An enumeration of quorum read patterns.

Values

quorum
read all the children and do a quorum vote on reads
fifo
read only from the first child that has not failed

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsQuorum (Object)

Driver specific block device options for Quorum

Members

*blkverify: boolean (optional)*
true if the driver must print content mismatch
set to false by default
*children: array of BlockdevRef*
the children block devices to use
*vote-threshold: int*
the vote limit under which a read will fail
*rewrite-corrupted: boolean (optional)*
rewrite corrupted data when quorum is reached (Since 2.1)
*read-pattern: QuorumReadPattern (optional)*
choose read pattern and set to quorum by default (Since 2.2)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsGluster (Object)

Driver specific block device options for Gluster

Members

*volume: string*
name of gluster volume where VM image resides
*path: string*
absolute path to image file in gluster volume
*server: array of SocketAddress*
gluster servers description
*debug: int (optional)*
libgfapi log level (default ’4’ which is Error) (Since 2.8)
*logfile: string (optional)*
libgfapi log file (default /dev/stderr) (Since 2.8)

Since

2.9

IscsiTransport (Enum)

An enumeration of libiscsi transport types

Values

tcp
Not documented
iser
Not documented

Since

2.9

IscsiHeaderDigest (Enum)

An enumeration of header digests supported by libiscsi

Values

crc32c
Not documented
none
Not documented
crc32c-none
Not documented
none-crc32c
Not documented

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsIscsi (Object)

Members

*transport: IscsiTransport*
The iscsi transport type
*portal: string*
The address of the iscsi portal
*target: string*
The target iqn name
*lun: int (optional)*
LUN to connect to. Defaults to 0.
*user: string (optional)*
User name to log in with. If omitted, no CHAP authentication is performed.
*password-secret: string (optional)*
The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password for the login. This option is required if user is specified.
*initiator-name: string (optional)*
The iqn name we want to identify to the target as. If this option is not specified, an initiator name is generated automatically.
*header-digest: IscsiHeaderDigest (optional)*
The desired header digest. Defaults to none-crc32c.
*timeout: int (optional)*
Timeout in seconds after which a request will timeout. 0 means no timeout and is the default.

Driver specific block device options for iscsi

Since

2.9

RbdAuthMode (Enum)

Values

cephx
Not documented
none
Not documented

Since

3.0

RbdImageEncryptionFormat (Enum)

Values

luks
Not documented
luks2
Not documented

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKSBase (Object)

Members

*key-secret: string*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a passphrase for unlocking the encryption

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKSBase (Object)

Members

*cipher-alg: QCryptoCipherAlgorithm (optional)*
The encryption algorithm
The members of RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKSBase

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKS (Object)

Members

The members of RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKSBase

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKS2 (Object)

Members

The members of RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKSBase

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)

Members

The members of RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKSBase

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKS2 (Object)

Members

The members of RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKSBase

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionOptions (Object)

Members

*format: RbdImageEncryptionFormat*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::
(no term)
The members of *RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKS2 when format is “luks2”* ::

Since

6.1

RbdEncryptionCreateOptions (Object)

Members

*format: RbdImageEncryptionFormat*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKS when format is “luks”* ::
(no term)
The members of *RbdEncryptionCreateOptionsLUKS2 when format is “luks2”* ::

Since

6.1

BlockdevOptionsRbd (Object)

Members

*pool: string*
Ceph pool name.
*namespace: string (optional)*
Rados namespace name in the Ceph pool. (Since 5.0)
*image: string*
Image name in the Ceph pool.
*conf: string (optional)*
path to Ceph configuration file. Values in the configuration file will be overridden by options specified via QAPI.
*snapshot: string (optional)*
Ceph snapshot name.
*encrypt: RbdEncryptionOptions (optional)*
Image encryption options. (Since 6.1)
*user: string (optional)*
Ceph id name.
(no term)
*auth-client-required: array of RbdAuthMode (optional)* :: Acceptable authentication modes. This maps to Ceph configuration option “auth_client_required”. (Since 3.0)
*key-secret: string (optional)*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a key for cephx authentication. This maps to Ceph configuration option “key”. (Since 3.0)
*server: array of InetSocketAddressBase (optional)*
Monitor host address and port. This maps to the “mon_host” Ceph option.

Since

2.9

ReplicationMode (Enum)

An enumeration of replication modes.

Values

primary
Primary mode, the vm’s state will be sent to secondary QEMU.
secondary
Secondary mode, receive the vm’s state from primary QEMU.

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

BlockdevOptionsReplication (Object)

Driver specific block device options for replication

Members

*mode: ReplicationMode*
the replication mode
*top-id: string (optional)*
In secondary mode, node name or device ID of the root node who owns the replication node chain. Must not be given in primary mode.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

NFSTransport (Enum)

An enumeration of NFS transport types

Values

inet
TCP transport

Since

2.9

NFSServer (Object)

Captures the address of the socket

Members

*type: NFSTransport*
transport type used for NFS (only TCP supported)
*host: string*
host address for NFS server

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsNfs (Object)

Driver specific block device option for NFS

Members

*server: NFSServer*
host address
*path: string*
path of the image on the host
*user: int (optional)*
UID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getuid() on unix)
*group: int (optional)*
GID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getgid() in unix)
*tcp-syn-count: int (optional)*
number of SYNs during the session establishment (defaults to libnfs default)
*readahead-size: int (optional)*
set the readahead size in bytes (defaults to libnfs default)
*page-cache-size: int (optional)*
set the pagecache size in bytes (defaults to libnfs default)
*debug: int (optional)*
set the NFS debug level (max 2) (defaults to libnfs default)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsCurlBase (Object)

Driver specific block device options shared by all protocols supported by the curl backend.

Members

*url: string*
URL of the image file
*readahead: int (optional)*
Size of the read-ahead cache; must be a multiple of 512 (defaults to 256 kB)
*timeout: int (optional)*
Timeout for connections, in seconds (defaults to 5)
*username: string (optional)*
Username for authentication (defaults to none)
*password-secret: string (optional)*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password for authentication (defaults to no password)
*proxy-username: string (optional)*
Username for proxy authentication (defaults to none)
*proxy-password-secret: string (optional)*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password for proxy authentication (defaults to no password)

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsCurlHttp (Object)

Driver specific block device options for HTTP connections over the curl backend. URLs must start with “http://”.

Members

*cookie: string (optional)*
List of cookies to set; format is “name1=content1; name2=content2;” as explained by CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies.
*cookie-secret: string (optional)*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a secure way. See cookie for the format. (since 2.10)
The members of BlockdevOptionsCurlBase

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsCurlHttps (Object)

Driver specific block device options for HTTPS connections over the curl backend. URLs must start with “https://”.

Members

*cookie: string (optional)*
List of cookies to set; format is “name1=content1; name2=content2;” as explained by CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies.
*sslverify: boolean (optional)*
Whether to verify the SSL certificate’s validity (defaults to true)
*cookie-secret: string (optional)*
ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a secure way. See cookie for the format. (since 2.10)
The members of BlockdevOptionsCurlBase

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsCurlFtp (Object)

Driver specific block device options for FTP connections over the curl backend. URLs must start with “ftp://”.

Members

The members of BlockdevOptionsCurlBase

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsCurlFtps (Object)

Driver specific block device options for FTPS connections over the curl backend. URLs must start with “ftps://”.

Members

*sslverify: boolean (optional)*
Whether to verify the SSL certificate’s validity (defaults to true)
The members of BlockdevOptionsCurlBase

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsNbd (Object)

Driver specific block device options for NBD.

Members

*server: SocketAddress*
NBD server address
*export: string (optional)*
export name
*tls-creds: string (optional)*
TLS credentials ID
*x-dirty-bitmap: string (optional)*
A metadata context name such as “qemu:dirty-bitmap:NAME” or “qemu:allocation-depth” to query in place of the traditional “base:allocation” block status (see NBD_OPT_LIST_META_CONTEXT in the NBD protocol; and yes, naming this option x-context would have made more sense) (since 3.0)
*reconnect-delay: int (optional)*
On an unexpected disconnect, the nbd client tries to connect again until succeeding or encountering a serious error. During the first reconnect-delay seconds, all requests are paused and will be rerun on a successful reconnect. After that time, any delayed requests and all future requests before a successful reconnect will immediately fail. Default 0 (Since 4.2)

Features

unstable
Member x-dirty-bitmap is experimental.

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsRaw (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the raw driver.

Members

*offset: int (optional)*
position where the block device starts
*size: int (optional)*
the assumed size of the device
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

2.9

BlockdevOptionsThrottle (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the throttle driver

Members

*throttle-group: string*
the name of the throttle-group object to use. It must already exist.
*file: BlockdevRef*
reference to or definition of the data source block device

Since

2.11

BlockdevOptionsCor (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the copy-on-read driver.

Members

*bottom: string (optional)*
The name of a non-filter node (allocation-bearing layer) that limits the COR operations in the backing chain (inclusive), so that no data below this node will be copied by this filter. If option is absent, the limit is not applied, so that data from all backing layers may be copied.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

6.0

BlockdevOptionsCbw (Object)

Driver specific block device options for the copy-before-write driver, which does so called copy-before-write operations: when data is written to the filter, the filter first reads corresponding blocks from its file child and copies them to target child. After successfully copying, the write request is propagated to file child. If copying fails, the original write request is failed too and no data is written to file child.

Members

*target: BlockdevRef*
The target for copy-before-write operations.
The members of BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat

Since

6.2

BlockdevOptions (Object)

Options for creating a block device. Many options are available for all block devices, independent of the block driver:

Members

*driver: BlockdevDriver*
block driver name
*node-name: string (optional)*
the node name of the new node (Since 2.0). This option is required on the top level of blockdev-add. Valid node names start with an alphabetic character and may contain only alphanumeric characters, ’-’, ’.’ and ’_’. Their maximum length is 31 characters.
*discard: BlockdevDiscardOptions (optional)*
discard-related options (default: ignore)
*cache: BlockdevCacheOptions (optional)*
cache-related options
*read-only: boolean (optional)*
whether the block device should be read-only (default: false). Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, either generally or in certain configurations. In this case, the default value does not work and the option must be specified explicitly.
*auto-read-only: boolean (optional)*
if true and read-only is false, QEMU may automatically decide not to open the image read-write as requested, but fall back to read-only instead (and switch between the modes later), e.g. depending on whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user is attached to the node (default: false, since 3.1)
(no term)
*detect-zeroes: BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions (optional)* :: detect and optimize zero writes (Since 2.1) (default: off)
*force-share: boolean (optional)*
force share all permission on added nodes. Requires read-only=true. (Since 2.10)
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsBlkdebug when driver is “blkdebug”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsBlklogwrites when driver is “blklogwrites”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsBlkverify when driver is “blkverify”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsBlkreplay when driver is “blkreplay”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “bochs”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “cloop”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “compress”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCbw when driver is “copy-before-write”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCor when driver is “copy-on-read”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “dmg”* ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsFile when driver is “file”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCurlFtp when driver is “ftp”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCurlFtps when driver is “ftps”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGluster when driver is “gluster”* ::
(no term)
The members of BlockdevOptionsFile when driver is “host_cdrom” (If: HAVE_HOST_BLOCK_DEVICE) ::
(no term)
The members of BlockdevOptionsFile when driver is “host_device” (If: HAVE_HOST_BLOCK_DEVICE) ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCurlHttp when driver is “http”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsCurlHttps when driver is “https”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsIscsi when driver is “iscsi”* ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsLUKS when driver is “luks”*
The members of *BlockdevOptionsNbd when driver is “nbd”*
The members of *BlockdevOptionsNfs when driver is “nfs”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsNull when driver is “null-aio”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsNull when driver is “null-co”* ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsNVMe when driver is “nvme”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “parallels”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsPreallocate when driver is “preallocate”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsQcow2 when driver is “qcow2”* ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsQcow when driver is “qcow”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat when driver is “qed”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsQuorum when driver is “quorum”* ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsRaw when driver is “raw”*
The members of *BlockdevOptionsRbd when driver is “rbd”*
(no term)
The members of BlockdevOptionsReplication when driver is “replication” (If: CONFIG_REPLICATION) ::
The members of *BlockdevOptionsSsh when driver is “ssh”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsThrottle when driver is “throttle”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “vdi”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “vhdx”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat when driver is “vmdk”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat when driver is “vpc”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevOptionsVVFAT when driver is “vvfat”* ::

Remaining options are determined by the block driver.

Since

2.9

BlockdevRef (Alternate)

Reference to a block device.

Members

*definition: BlockdevOptions*
defines a new block device inline
*reference: string*
references the ID of an existing block device

Since

2.9

BlockdevRefOrNull (Alternate)

Reference to a block device.

Members

*definition: BlockdevOptions*
defines a new block device inline
*reference: string*
references the ID of an existing block device. An empty string means that no block device should be referenced. Deprecated; use null instead.
*null: null*
No block device should be referenced (since 2.10)

Since

2.9

blockdev-add (Command)

Creates a new block device.

Arguments

The members of BlockdevOptions

Since

2.9

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1.
      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": {
                "driver": "qcow2",
                "node-name": "test1",
                "file": {
                    "driver": "file",
                    "filename": "test.qcow2"
                 }
            }
          }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2.
      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": {
                "driver": "qcow2",
                "node-name": "node0",
                "discard": "unmap",
                "cache": {
                   "direct": true
                 },
                 "file": {
                   "driver": "file",
                   "filename": "/tmp/test.qcow2"
                 },
                 "backing": {
                    "driver": "raw",
                    "file": {
                       "driver": "file",
                       "filename": "/dev/fdset/4"
                     }
                 }
             }
           }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-reopen (Command)

Reopens one or more block devices using the given set of options. Any option not specified will be reset to its default value regardless of its previous status. If an option cannot be changed or a particular driver does not support reopening then the command will return an error. All devices in the list are reopened in one transaction, so if one of them fails then the whole transaction is cancelled.

The command receives a list of block devices to reopen. For each one of them, the top-level node-name option (from BlockdevOptions) must be specified and is used to select the block device to be reopened. Other node-name options must be either omitted or set to the current name of the appropriate node. This command won’t change any node name and any attempt to do it will result in an error.

In the case of options that refer to child nodes, the behavior of this command depends on the value:

#+begin_quote

#+begin_quote

  1. A set of options (BlockdevOptions): the child is reopened with the specified set of options.
  2. A reference to the current child: the child is reopened using its existing set of options.
  3. A reference to a different node: the current child is replaced with the specified one.
  4. NULL: the current child (if any) is detached.

#+end_quote #+end_quote

Options (1) and (2) are supported in all cases. Option (3) is supported for file and backing, and option (4) for backing only.

Unlike with blockdev-add, the backing option must always be present unless the node being reopened does not have a backing file and its image does not have a default backing file name as part of its metadata.

Arguments

*options: array of BlockdevOptions*
Not documented

Since

6.1

blockdev-del (Command)

Deletes a block device that has been added using blockdev-add. The command will fail if the node is attached to a device or is otherwise being used.

Arguments

*node-name: string*
Name of the graph node to delete.

Since

2.9

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": {
                "driver": "qcow2",
                "node-name": "node0",
                "file": {
                    "driver": "file",
                    "filename": "test.qcow2"
                }
           }
         }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-del",
           "arguments": { "node-name": "node0" }
         }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

BlockdevCreateOptionsFile (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for file.

Members

*filename: string*
Filename for the new image file
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*preallocation: PreallocMode (optional)*
Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; allowed values: off, falloc (if CONFIG_POSIX_FALLOCATE), full (if CONFIG_POSIX))
*nocow: boolean (optional)*
Turn off copy-on-write (valid only on btrfs; default: off)
*extent-size-hint: int (optional)*
Extent size hint to add to the image file; 0 for not adding an extent size hint (default: 1 MB, since 5.1)

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsGluster (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for gluster.

Members

*location: BlockdevOptionsGluster*
Where to store the new image file
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*preallocation: PreallocMode (optional)*
Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; allowed values: off, falloc (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_FALLOCATE), full (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_ZEROFILL))

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for LUKS.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*preallocation: PreallocMode (optional)*
Preallocation mode for the new image (since: 4.2) (default: off; allowed values: off, metadata, falloc, full)
The members of QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsNfs (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for NFS.

Members

*location: BlockdevOptionsNfs*
Where to store the new image file
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsParallels (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for parallels.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*cluster-size: int (optional)*
Cluster size in bytes (default: 1 MB)

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for qcow.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*backing-file: string (optional)*
File name of the backing file if a backing file should be used
*encrypt: QCryptoBlockCreateOptions (optional)*
Encryption options if the image should be encrypted

Since

2.12

BlockdevQcow2Version (Enum)

Values

v2
The original QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 0.10 (version 2)
v3
The extended QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 1.1 (version 3)

Since

2.12

Qcow2CompressionType (Enum)

Compression type used in qcow2 image file

Values

zlib
zlib compression, see </http://zlib.net//>
zstd (If: CONFIG_ZSTD)
zstd compression, see </http://github.com/facebook/zstd/>

Since

5.1

BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow2 (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for qcow2.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*data-file: BlockdevRef (optional)*
Node to use as an external data file in which all guest data is stored so that only metadata remains in the qcow2 file (since: 4.0)
*data-file-raw: boolean (optional)*
True if the external data file must stay valid as a standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 metadata (default: false; since: 4.0)
*extended-l2: boolean (optional)*
True to make the image have extended L2 entries (default: false; since 5.2)
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*version: BlockdevQcow2Version (optional)*
Compatibility level (default: v3)
*backing-file: string (optional)*
File name of the backing file if a backing file should be used
*backing-fmt: BlockdevDriver (optional)*
Name of the block driver to use for the backing file
*encrypt: QCryptoBlockCreateOptions (optional)*
Encryption options if the image should be encrypted
*cluster-size: int (optional)*
qcow2 cluster size in bytes (default: 65536)
*preallocation: PreallocMode (optional)*
Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; allowed values: off, falloc, full, metadata)
*lazy-refcounts: boolean (optional)*
True if refcounts may be updated lazily (default: off)
*refcount-bits: int (optional)*
Width of reference counts in bits (default: 16)
*compression-type: Qcow2CompressionType (optional)*
The image cluster compression method (default: zlib, since 5.1)

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsQed (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for qed.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*backing-file: string (optional)*
File name of the backing file if a backing file should be used
*backing-fmt: BlockdevDriver (optional)*
Name of the block driver to use for the backing file
*cluster-size: int (optional)*
Cluster size in bytes (default: 65536)
*table-size: int (optional)*
L1/L2 table size (in clusters)

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsRbd (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for rbd/Ceph.

Members

*location: BlockdevOptionsRbd*
Where to store the new image file. This location cannot point to a snapshot.
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*cluster-size: int (optional)*
RBD object size
*encrypt: RbdEncryptionCreateOptions (optional)*
Image encryption options. (Since 6.1)

Since

2.12

BlockdevVmdkSubformat (Enum)

Subformat options for VMDK images

Values

monolithicSparse
Single file image with sparse cluster allocation
monolithicFlat
Single flat data image and a descriptor file
twoGbMaxExtentSparse
Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) sparse extent files, in addition to a descriptor file
twoGbMaxExtentFlat
Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) flat extent files, in addition to a descriptor file
streamOptimized
Single file image sparse cluster allocation, optimized for streaming over network.

Since

4.0

BlockdevVmdkAdapterType (Enum)

Adapter type info for VMDK images

Values

ide
Not documented
buslogic
Not documented
lsilogic
Not documented
legacyESX
Not documented

Since

4.0

BlockdevCreateOptionsVmdk (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for VMDK.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Where to store the new image file. This refers to the image file for monolithcSparse and streamOptimized format, or the descriptor file for other formats.
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*extents: array of BlockdevRef (optional)*
Where to store the data extents. Required for monolithcFlat, twoGbMaxExtentSparse and twoGbMaxExtentFlat formats. For monolithicFlat, only one entry is required; for twoGbMaxExtent* formats, the number of entries required is calculated as extent_number = virtual_size / 2GB. Providing more extents than will be used is an error.
*subformat: BlockdevVmdkSubformat (optional)*
The subformat of the VMDK image. Default: “monolithicSparse”.
*backing-file: string (optional)*
The path of backing file. Default: no backing file is used.
*adapter-type: BlockdevVmdkAdapterType (optional)*
The adapter type used to fill in the descriptor. Default: ide.
*hwversion: string (optional)*
Hardware version. The meaningful options are “4” or “6”. Default: “4”.
*toolsversion: string (optional)*
VMware guest tools version. Default: “2147483647” (Since 6.2)
*zeroed-grain: boolean (optional)*
Whether to enable zeroed-grain feature for sparse subformats. Default: false.

Since

4.0

BlockdevCreateOptionsSsh (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for SSH.

Members

*location: BlockdevOptionsSsh*
Where to store the new image file
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsVdi (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for VDI.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*preallocation: PreallocMode (optional)*
Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; allowed values: off, metadata)

Since

2.12

BlockdevVhdxSubformat (Enum)

Values

dynamic
Growing image file
fixed
Preallocated fixed-size image file

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsVhdx (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for vhdx.

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*log-size: int (optional)*
Log size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB (default: 1 MB)
*block-size: int (optional)*
Block size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB and not larger than 256 MB (default: automatically choose a block size depending on the image size)
*subformat: BlockdevVhdxSubformat (optional)*
vhdx subformat (default: dynamic)
*block-state-zero: boolean (optional)*
Force use of payload blocks of type ’ZERO’. Non-standard, but default. Do not set to ’off’ when using ’qemu-img convert’ with subformat=dynamic.

Since

2.12

BlockdevVpcSubformat (Enum)

Values

dynamic
Growing image file
fixed
Preallocated fixed-size image file

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptionsVpc (Object)

Driver specific image creation options for vpc (VHD).

Members

*file: BlockdevRef*
Node to create the image format on
*size: int*
Size of the virtual disk in bytes
*subformat: BlockdevVpcSubformat (optional)*
vhdx subformat (default: dynamic)
*force-size: boolean (optional)*
Force use of the exact byte size instead of rounding to the next size that can be represented in CHS geometry (default: false)

Since

2.12

BlockdevCreateOptions (Object)

Options for creating an image format on a given node.

Members

*driver: BlockdevDriver*
block driver to create the image format
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsFile when driver is “file”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsGluster when driver is “gluster”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsLUKS when driver is “luks”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsNfs when driver is “nfs”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsParallels when driver is “parallels”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow when driver is “qcow”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow2 when driver is “qcow2”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsQed when driver is “qed”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsRbd when driver is “rbd”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsSsh when driver is “ssh”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsVdi when driver is “vdi”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsVhdx when driver is “vhdx”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsVmdk when driver is “vmdk”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevCreateOptionsVpc when driver is “vpc”* ::

Since

2.12

blockdev-create (Command)

Starts a job to create an image format on a given node. The job is automatically finalized, but a manual job-dismiss is required.

Arguments

*job-id: string*
Identifier for the newly created job.
*options: BlockdevCreateOptions*
Options for the image creation.

Since

3.0

BlockdevAmendOptionsLUKS (Object)

Driver specific image amend options for LUKS.

Members

The members of QCryptoBlockAmendOptionsLUKS

Since

5.1

BlockdevAmendOptionsQcow2 (Object)

Driver specific image amend options for qcow2. For now, only encryption options can be amended

encrypt Encryption options to be amended

Members

*encrypt: QCryptoBlockAmendOptions (optional)*
Not documented

Since

5.1

BlockdevAmendOptions (Object)

Options for amending an image format

Members

*driver: BlockdevDriver*
Block driver of the node to amend.
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevAmendOptionsLUKS when driver is “luks”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevAmendOptionsQcow2 when driver is “qcow2”* ::

Since

5.1

x-blockdev-amend (Command)

Starts a job to amend format specific options of an existing open block device The job is automatically finalized, but a manual job-dismiss is required.

Arguments

*job-id: string*
Identifier for the newly created job.
*node-name: string*
Name of the block node to work on
*options: BlockdevAmendOptions*
Options (driver specific)
*force: boolean (optional)*
Allow unsafe operations, format specific For luks that allows erase of the last active keyslot (permanent loss of data), and replacement of an active keyslot (possible loss of data if IO error happens)

Features

unstable
This command is experimental.

Since

5.1

BlockErrorAction (Enum)

An enumeration of action that has been taken when a DISK I/O occurs

Values

ignore
error has been ignored
report
error has been reported to the device
stop
error caused VM to be stopped

Since

2.1

BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED (Event)

Emitted when a disk image is being marked corrupt. The image can be identified by its device or node name. The ’device’ field is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty (“”) if the image does not have a device name associated.

Arguments

*device: string*
device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty (“”) if the image does not have a device name associated.
*node-name: string (optional)*
node name (Since: 2.4)
*msg: string*
informative message for human consumption, such as the kind of corruption being detected. It should not be parsed by machine as it is not guaranteed to be stable
*offset: int (optional)*
if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is the host’s access offset into the image
*size: int (optional)*
if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is the access size
*fatal: boolean*
if set, the image is marked corrupt and therefore unusable after this event and must be repaired (Since 2.2; before, every BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED event was fatal)

Note

If action is “stop”, a STOP event will eventually follow the BLOCK_IO_ERROR event.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED",
           "data": { "device": "ide0-hd0", "node-name": "node0",
                     "msg": "Prevented active L1 table overwrite", "offset": 196608,
                     "size": 65536 },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1378126126, "microseconds": 966463 } }

#+end_quote

Since

1.7

BLOCK_IO_ERROR (Event)

Emitted when a disk I/O error occurs

Arguments

*device: string*
device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty (“”) if the image does not have a device name associated.
*node-name: string (optional)*
node name. Note that errors may be reported for the root node that is directly attached to a guest device rather than for the node where the error occurred. The node name is not present if the drive is empty. (Since: 2.8)
*operation: IoOperationType*
I/O operation
*action: BlockErrorAction*
action that has been taken
*nospace: boolean (optional)*
true if I/O error was caused due to a no-space condition. This key is only present if query-block’s io-status is present, please see query-block documentation for more information (since: 2.2)
*reason: string*
human readable string describing the error cause. (This field is a debugging aid for humans, it should not be parsed by applications) (since: 2.2)

Note

If action is “stop”, a STOP event will eventually follow the BLOCK_IO_ERROR event

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_IO_ERROR",
           "data": { "device": "ide0-hd1",
                     "node-name": "#block212",
                     "operation": "write",
                     "action": "stop" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED (Event)

Emitted when a block job has completed

Arguments

*type: JobType*
job type
*device: string*
The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU 2.7
*len: int*
maximum progress value
*offset: int*
current progress value. On success this is equal to len. On failure this is less than len
*speed: int*
rate limit, bytes per second
*error: string (optional)*
error message. Only present on failure. This field contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics other than that streaming has failed and clients should not try to interpret the error string

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED",
           "data": { "type": "stream", "device": "virtio-disk0",
                     "len": 10737418240, "offset": 10737418240,
                     "speed": 0 },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

#+end_quote

BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED (Event)

Emitted when a block job has been cancelled

Arguments

*type: JobType*
job type
*device: string*
The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU 2.7
*len: int*
maximum progress value
*offset: int*
current progress value. On success this is equal to len. On failure this is less than len
*speed: int*
rate limit, bytes per second

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED",
           "data": { "type": "stream", "device": "virtio-disk0",
                     "len": 10737418240, "offset": 134217728,
                     "speed": 0 },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

#+end_quote

BLOCK_JOB_ERROR (Event)

Emitted when a block job encounters an error

Arguments

*device: string*
The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU 2.7
*operation: IoOperationType*
I/O operation
*action: BlockErrorAction*
action that has been taken

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_ERROR",
           "data": { "device": "ide0-hd1",
                     "operation": "write",
                     "action": "stop" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

BLOCK_JOB_READY (Event)

Emitted when a block job is ready to complete

Arguments

*type: JobType*
job type
*device: string*
The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU 2.7
*len: int*
maximum progress value
*offset: int*
current progress value. On success this is equal to len. On failure this is less than len
*speed: int*
rate limit, bytes per second

Note

The “ready to complete” status is always reset by a BLOCK_JOB_ERROR event

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_READY",
           "data": { "device": "drive0", "type": "mirror", "speed": 0,
                     "len": 2097152, "offset": 2097152 }
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

BLOCK_JOB_PENDING (Event)

Emitted when a block job is awaiting explicit authorization to finalize graph changes via block-job-finalize. If this job is part of a transaction, it will not emit this event until the transaction has converged first.

Arguments

*type: JobType*
job type
*id: string*
The job identifier.

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_WAITING",
           "data": { "device": "drive0", "type": "mirror" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

PreallocMode (Enum)

Preallocation mode of QEMU image file

Values

off
no preallocation
metadata
preallocate only for metadata
falloc
like full preallocation but allocate disk space by posix_fallocate() rather than writing data.
full
preallocate all data by writing it to the device to ensure disk space is really available. This data may or may not be zero, depending on the image format and storage. full preallocation also sets up metadata correctly.

Since

2.2

BLOCK_WRITE_THRESHOLD (Event)

Emitted when writes on block device reaches or exceeds the configured write threshold. For thin-provisioned devices, this means the device should be extended to avoid pausing for disk exhaustion. The event is one shot. Once triggered, it needs to be re-registered with another block-set-write-threshold command.

Arguments

*node-name: string*
graph node name on which the threshold was exceeded.
*amount-exceeded: int*
amount of data which exceeded the threshold, in bytes.
*write-threshold: int*
last configured threshold, in bytes.

Since

2.3

block-set-write-threshold (Command)

Change the write threshold for a block drive. An event will be delivered if a write to this block drive crosses the configured threshold. The threshold is an offset, thus must be non-negative. Default is no write threshold. Setting the threshold to zero disables it.

This is useful to transparently resize thin-provisioned drives without the guest OS noticing.

Arguments

*node-name: string*
graph node name on which the threshold must be set.
*write-threshold: int*
configured threshold for the block device, bytes. Use 0 to disable the threshold.

Since

2.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block-set-write-threshold",
           "arguments": { "node-name": "mydev",
                          "write-threshold": 17179869184 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

x-blockdev-change (Command)

Dynamically reconfigure the block driver state graph. It can be used to add, remove, insert or replace a graph node. Currently only the Quorum driver implements this feature to add or remove its child. This is useful to fix a broken quorum child.

If node is specified, it will be inserted under parent. child may not be specified in this case. If both parent and child are specified but node is not, child will be detached from parent.

Arguments

*parent: string*
the id or name of the parent node.
*child: string (optional)*
the name of a child under the given parent node.
*node: string (optional)*
the name of the node that will be added.

Features

unstable
This command is experimental, and its API is not stable. It does not support all kinds of operations, all kinds of children, nor all block drivers.

FIXME Removing children from a quorum node means introducing gaps in the child indices. This cannot be represented in the ’children’ list of BlockdevOptionsQuorum, as returned by .bdrv_refresh_filename().

Warning: The data in a new quorum child MUST be consistent with that of the rest of the array.

Since

2.7

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Add a new node to a quorum
      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": {
               "driver": "raw",
               "node-name": "new_node",
               "file": { "driver": "file",
                         "filename": "test.raw" } } }
      <- { "return": {} }
      -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-change",
           "arguments": { "parent": "disk1",
                          "node": "new_node" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2. Delete a quorum's node
      -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-change",
           "arguments": { "parent": "disk1",
                          "child": "children.1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

x-blockdev-set-iothread (Command)

Move node and its children into the iothread. If iothread is null then move node and its children into the main loop.

The node must not be attached to a BlockBackend.

Arguments

*node-name: string*
the name of the block driver node
*iothread: StrOrNull*
the name of the IOThread object or null for the main loop
*force: boolean (optional)*
true if the node and its children should be moved when a BlockBackend is already attached

Features

unstable
This command is experimental and intended for test cases that need control over IOThreads only.

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Move a node into an IOThread
      -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread",
           "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1",
                          "iothread": "iothread0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2. Move a node into the main loop
      -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread",
           "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1",
                          "iothread": null } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

QuorumOpType (Enum)

An enumeration of the quorum operation types

Values

read
read operation
write
write operation
flush
flush operation

Since

2.6

QUORUM_FAILURE (Event)

Emitted by the Quorum block driver if it fails to establish a quorum

Arguments

*reference: string*
device name if defined else node name
*sector-num: int*
number of the first sector of the failed read operation
*sectors-count: int*
failed read operation sector count

Note

This event is rate-limited.

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "QUORUM_FAILURE",
           "data": { "reference": "usr1", "sector-num": 345435, "sectors-count": 5 },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

#+end_quote

QUORUM_REPORT_BAD (Event)

Emitted to report a corruption of a Quorum file

Arguments

*type: QuorumOpType*
quorum operation type (Since 2.6)
*error: string (optional)*
error message. Only present on failure. This field contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics other than that the block layer reported an error and clients should not try to interpret the error string.
*node-name: string*
the graph node name of the block driver state
*sector-num: int*
number of the first sector of the failed read operation
*sectors-count: int*
failed read operation sector count

Note

This event is rate-limited.

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Read operation

      { "event": "QUORUM_REPORT_BAD",
           "data": { "node-name": "node0", "sector-num": 345435, "sectors-count": 5,
                     "type": "read" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

      2. Flush operation

      { "event": "QUORUM_REPORT_BAD",
           "data": { "node-name": "node0", "sector-num": 0, "sectors-count": 2097120,
                     "type": "flush", "error": "Broken pipe" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1456406829, "microseconds": 291763 } }

#+end_quote

BlockdevSnapshotInternal (Object)

Members

*device: string*
the device name or node-name of a root node to generate the snapshot from
*name: string*
the name of the internal snapshot to be created

Notes

In transaction, if name is empty, or any snapshot matching name exists, the operation will fail. Only some image formats support it, for example, qcow2, and rbd.

Since

1.7

blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync (Command)

Synchronously take an internal snapshot of a block device, when the format of the image used supports it. If the name is an empty string, or a snapshot with name already exists, the operation will fail.

For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotInternal.

Returns

  • nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, GenericError
  • If any snapshot matching name exists, or name is empty, GenericError
  • If the format of the image used does not support it, BlockFormatFeatureNotSupported

Since

1.7

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync",
           "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                          "name": "snapshot0" }
         }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync (Command)

Synchronously delete an internal snapshot of a block device, when the format of the image used support it. The snapshot is identified by name or id or both. One of the name or id is required. Return SnapshotInfo for the successfully deleted snapshot.

Arguments

*device: string*
the device name or node-name of a root node to delete the snapshot from
*id: string (optional)*
optional the snapshot’s ID to be deleted
*name: string (optional)*
optional the snapshot’s name to be deleted

Returns

  • SnapshotInfo on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, GenericError
  • If snapshot not found, GenericError
  • If the format of the image used does not support it, BlockFormatFeatureNotSupported
  • If id and name are both not specified, GenericError

Since

1.7

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync",
           "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                          "name": "snapshot0" }
         }
      <- { "return": {
                         "id": "1",
                         "name": "snapshot0",
                         "vm-state-size": 0,
                         "date-sec": 1000012,
                         "date-nsec": 10,
                         "vm-clock-sec": 100,
                         "vm-clock-nsec": 20,
                         "icount": 220414
           }
         }

#+end_quote

Additional block stuff (VM related)

BiosAtaTranslation (Enum)

Policy that BIOS should use to interpret cylinder/head/sector addresses. Note that Bochs BIOS and SeaBIOS will not actually translate logical CHS to physical; instead, they will use logical block addressing.

Values

auto
If cylinder/heads/sizes are passed, choose between none and LBA depending on the size of the disk. If they are not passed, choose none if QEMU can guess that the disk had 16 or fewer heads, large if QEMU can guess that the disk had 131072 or fewer tracks across all heads (i.e. cylinders*heads<131072), otherwise LBA.
none
The physical disk geometry is equal to the logical geometry.
lba
Assume 63 sectors per track and one of 16, 32, 64, 128 or 255 heads (if fewer than 255 are enough to cover the whole disk with 1024 cylinders/head). The number of cylinders/head is then computed based on the number of sectors and heads.
large
The number of cylinders per head is scaled down to 1024 by correspondingly scaling up the number of heads.
rechs
Same as large, but first convert a 16-head geometry to 15-head, by proportionally scaling up the number of cylinders/head.

Since

2.0

FloppyDriveType (Enum)

Type of Floppy drive to be emulated by the Floppy Disk Controller.

Values

144
1.44MB 3.5“ drive
288
2.88MB 3.5“ drive
120
1.2MB 5.25“ drive
none
No drive connected
auto
Automatically determined by inserted media at boot

Since

2.6

PRManagerInfo (Object)

Information about a persistent reservation manager

Members

*id: string*
the identifier of the persistent reservation manager
*connected: boolean*
true if the persistent reservation manager is connected to the underlying storage or helper

Since

3.0

query-pr-managers (Command)

Returns a list of information about each persistent reservation manager.

Returns

a list of PRManagerInfo for each persistent reservation manager

Since

3.0

eject (Command)

Ejects the medium from a removable drive.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
Block device name
*id: string (optional)*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)
*force: boolean (optional)*
If true, eject regardless of whether the drive is locked. If not specified, the default value is false.

Features

deprecated
Member device is deprecated. Use id instead.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

Notes

Ejecting a device with no media results in success

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "eject", "arguments": { "id": "ide1-0-1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-open-tray (Command)

Opens a block device’s tray. If there is a block driver state tree inserted as a medium, it will become inaccessible to the guest (but it will remain associated to the block device, so closing the tray will make it accessible again).

If the tray was already open before, this will be a no-op.

Once the tray opens, a DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED event is emitted. There are cases in which no such event will be generated, these include:

  • if the guest has locked the tray, force is false and the guest does not respond to the eject request
  • if the BlockBackend denoted by device does not have a guest device attached to it
  • if the guest device does not have an actual tray

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
Block device name
*id: string (optional)*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)
*force: boolean (optional)*
if false (the default), an eject request will be sent to the guest if it has locked the tray (and the tray will not be opened immediately); if true, the tray will be opened regardless of whether it is locked

Features

deprecated
Member device is deprecated. Use id instead.

Since

2.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-open-tray",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

      <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751016,
                          "microseconds": 716996 },
           "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
           "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                     "id": "ide0-1-0",
                     "tray-open": true } }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-close-tray (Command)

Closes a block device’s tray. If there is a block driver state tree associated with the block device (which is currently ejected), that tree will be loaded as the medium.

If the tray was already closed before, this will be a no-op.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
Block device name
*id: string (optional)*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

Features

deprecated
Member device is deprecated. Use id instead.

Since

2.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-close-tray",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

      <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751345,
                          "microseconds": 272147 },
           "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
           "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                     "id": "ide0-1-0",
                     "tray-open": false } }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-remove-medium (Command)

Removes a medium (a block driver state tree) from a block device. That block device’s tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached guest device).

If the tray is open and there is no medium inserted, this will be a no-op.

Arguments

*id: string*
The name or QOM path of the guest device

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-remove-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

      <- { "error": { "class": "GenericError",
                      "desc": "Tray of device 'ide0-1-0' is not open" } }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-open-tray",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

      <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751627,
                          "microseconds": 549958 },
           "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
           "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                     "id": "ide0-1-0",
                     "tray-open": true } }

      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-remove-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

blockdev-insert-medium (Command)

Inserts a medium (a block driver state tree) into a block device. That block device’s tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached guest device) and there must be no medium inserted already.

Arguments

*id: string*
The name or QOM path of the guest device
*node-name: string*
name of a node in the block driver state graph

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
           "arguments": {
               "node-name": "node0",
               "driver": "raw",
               "file": { "driver": "file",
                         "filename": "fedora.iso" } } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-insert-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                          "node-name": "node0" } }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

BlockdevChangeReadOnlyMode (Enum)

Specifies the new read-only mode of a block device subject to the blockdev-change-medium command.

Values

retain
Retains the current read-only mode
read-only
Makes the device read-only
read-write
Makes the device writable

Since

2.3

blockdev-change-medium (Command)

Changes the medium inserted into a block device by ejecting the current medium and loading a new image file which is inserted as the new medium (this command combines blockdev-open-tray, blockdev-remove-medium, blockdev-insert-medium and blockdev-close-tray).

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
Block device name
*id: string (optional)*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)
*filename: string*
filename of the new image to be loaded
*format: string (optional)*
format to open the new image with (defaults to the probed format)
(no term)
*read-only-mode: BlockdevChangeReadOnlyMode (optional)* :: change the read-only mode of the device; defaults to ’retain’

Features

deprecated
Member device is deprecated. Use id instead.

Since

2.5

Examples

#+begin_quote 

      1. Change a removable medium

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                          "filename": "/srv/images/Fedora-12-x86_64-DVD.iso",
                          "format": "raw" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2. Load a read-only medium into a writable drive

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "floppyA",
                          "filename": "/srv/images/ro.img",
                          "format": "raw",
                          "read-only-mode": "retain" } }

      <- { "error":
           { "class": "GenericError",
             "desc": "Could not open '/srv/images/ro.img': Permission denied" } }

      -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
           "arguments": { "id": "floppyA",
                          "filename": "/srv/images/ro.img",
                          "format": "raw",
                          "read-only-mode": "read-only" } }

      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED (Event)

Emitted whenever the tray of a removable device is moved by the guest or by HMP/QMP commands

Arguments

*device: string*
Block device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty (“”) if the image does not have a device name associated.
*id: string*
The name or QOM path of the guest device (since 2.8)
*tray-open: boolean*
true if the tray has been opened or false if it has been closed

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
           "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                     "id": "/machine/unattached/device[22]",
                     "tray-open": true
           },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

PR_MANAGER_STATUS_CHANGED (Event)

Emitted whenever the connected status of a persistent reservation manager changes.

Arguments

*id: string*
The id of the PR manager object
*connected: boolean*
true if the PR manager is connected to a backend

Since

3.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "PR_MANAGER_STATUS_CHANGED",
           "data": { "id": "pr-helper0",
                     "connected": true
           },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1519840375, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

block_set_io_throttle (Command)

Change I/O throttle limits for a block drive.

Since QEMU 2.4, each device with I/O limits is member of a throttle group.

If two or more devices are members of the same group, the limits will apply to the combined I/O of the whole group in a round-robin fashion. Therefore, setting new I/O limits to a device will affect the whole group.

The name of the group can be specified using the ’group’ parameter. If the parameter is unset, it is assumed to be the current group of that device. If it’s not in any group yet, the name of the device will be used as the name for its group.

The ’group’ parameter can also be used to move a device to a different group. In this case the limits specified in the parameters will be applied to the new group only.

I/O limits can be disabled by setting all of them to 0. In this case the device will be removed from its group and the rest of its members will not be affected. The ’group’ parameter is ignored.

Arguments

The members of BlockIOThrottle

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "block_set_io_throttle",
           "arguments": { "id": "virtio-blk-pci0/virtio-backend",
                          "bps": 0,
                          "bps_rd": 0,
                          "bps_wr": 0,
                          "iops": 512,
                          "iops_rd": 0,
                          "iops_wr": 0,
                          "bps_max": 0,
                          "bps_rd_max": 0,
                          "bps_wr_max": 0,
                          "iops_max": 0,
                          "iops_rd_max": 0,
                          "iops_wr_max": 0,
                          "bps_max_length": 0,
                          "iops_size": 0 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "block_set_io_throttle",
           "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                          "bps": 1000000,
                          "bps_rd": 0,
                          "bps_wr": 0,
                          "iops": 0,
                          "iops_rd": 0,
                          "iops_wr": 0,
                          "bps_max": 8000000,
                          "bps_rd_max": 0,
                          "bps_wr_max": 0,
                          "iops_max": 0,
                          "iops_rd_max": 0,
                          "iops_wr_max": 0,
                          "bps_max_length": 60,
                          "iops_size": 0 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

block-latency-histogram-set (Command)

Manage read, write and flush latency histograms for the device.

If only id parameter is specified, remove all present latency histograms for the device. Otherwise, add/reset some of (or all) latency histograms.

Arguments

*id: string*
The name or QOM path of the guest device.
*boundaries: array of int (optional)*
list of interval boundary values (see description in BlockLatencyHistogramInfo definition). If specified, all latency histograms are removed, and empty ones created for all io types with intervals corresponding to boundaries (except for io types, for which specific boundaries are set through the following parameters).
*boundaries-read: array of int (optional)*
list of interval boundary values for read latency histogram. If specified, old read latency histogram is removed, and empty one created with intervals corresponding to boundaries-read. The parameter has higher priority then boundaries.
*boundaries-write: array of int (optional)*
list of interval boundary values for write latency histogram.
*boundaries-flush: array of int (optional)*
list of interval boundary values for flush latency histogram.

Returns

error if device is not found or any boundary arrays are invalid.

Since

4.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      set new histograms for all io types with intervals
      [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf):

      -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
           "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                          "boundaries": [10, 50, 100] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Example

#+begin_quote 

      set new histogram only for write, other histograms will remain
      not changed (or not created):

      -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
           "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                          "boundaries-write": [10, 50, 100] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Example

#+begin_quote 

      set new histograms with the following intervals:
        read, flush: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf)
        write: [0, 1000), [1000, 5000), [5000, +inf)

      -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
           "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                          "boundaries": [10, 50, 100],
                          "boundaries-write": [1000, 5000] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Example

#+begin_quote 

      remove all latency histograms:

      -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
           "arguments": { "id": "drive0" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Block device exports

NbdServerOptions (Object)

Keep this type consistent with the nbd-server-start arguments. The only intended difference is using SocketAddress instead of SocketAddressLegacy.

Members

*addr: SocketAddress*
Address on which to listen.
*tls-creds: string (optional)*
ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6).
*tls-authz: string (optional)*
ID of the QAuthZ authorization object used to validate the client’s x509 distinguished name. This object is is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the NBD server is active. If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0).
*max-connections: int (optional)*
The maximum number of connections to allow at the same time, 0 for unlimited. (since 5.2; default: 0)

Since

4.2

nbd-server-start (Command)

Start an NBD server listening on the given host and port. Block devices can then be exported using nbd-server-add. The NBD server will present them as named exports; for example, another QEMU instance could refer to them as “nbd:HOST:PORT:exportname=NAME”.

Keep this type consistent with the NbdServerOptions type. The only intended difference is using SocketAddressLegacy instead of SocketAddress.

Arguments

*addr: SocketAddressLegacy*
Address on which to listen.
*tls-creds: string (optional)*
ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6).
*tls-authz: string (optional)*
ID of the QAuthZ authorization object used to validate the client’s x509 distinguished name. This object is is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the NBD server is active. If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0).
*max-connections: int (optional)*
The maximum number of connections to allow at the same time, 0 for unlimited. (since 5.2; default: 0)

Returns

error if the server is already running.

Since

1.3

BlockExportOptionsNbdBase (Object)

An NBD block export (common options shared between nbd-server-add and the NBD branch of block-export-add).

Members

*name: string (optional)*
Export name. If unspecified, the device parameter is used as the export name. (Since 2.12)
*description: string (optional)*
Free-form description of the export, up to 4096 bytes. (Since 5.0)

Since

5.0

BlockExportOptionsNbd (Object)

An NBD block export (distinct options used in the NBD branch of block-export-add).

Members

*bitmaps: array of string (optional)*
Also export each of the named dirty bitmaps reachable from device, so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the metadata context name “qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP” to inspect each bitmap.
*allocation-depth: boolean (optional)*
Also export the allocation depth map for device, so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the metadata context name “qemu:allocation-depth” to inspect allocation details. (since 5.2)
The members of BlockExportOptionsNbdBase

Since

5.2

BlockExportOptionsVhostUserBlk (Object)

A vhost-user-blk block export.

Members

*addr: SocketAddress*
The vhost-user socket on which to listen. Both ’unix’ and ’fd’ SocketAddress types are supported. Passed fds must be UNIX domain sockets.
*logical-block-size: int (optional)*
Logical block size in bytes. Defaults to 512 bytes.
*num-queues: int (optional)*
Number of request virtqueues. Must be greater than 0. Defaults to 1.

Since

5.2

FuseExportAllowOther (Enum)

Possible allow_other modes for FUSE exports.

Values

off
Do not pass allow_other as a mount option.
on
Pass allow_other as a mount option.
auto
Try mounting with allow_other first, and if that fails, retry without allow_other.

Since

6.1

BlockExportOptionsFuse (Object)

Options for exporting a block graph node on some (file) mountpoint as a raw image.

Members

*mountpoint: string*
Path on which to export the block device via FUSE. This must point to an existing regular file.
*growable: boolean (optional)*
Whether writes beyond the EOF should grow the block node accordingly. (default: false)
*allow-other: FuseExportAllowOther (optional)*
If this is off, only qemu’s user is allowed access to this export. That cannot be changed even with chmod or chown. Enabling this option will allow other users access to the export with the FUSE mount option “allow_other”. Note that using allow_other as a non-root user requires user_allow_other to be enabled in the global fuse.conf configuration file. In auto mode (the default), the FUSE export driver will first attempt to mount the export with allow_other, and if that fails, try again without. (since 6.1; default: auto)

Since

6.0

If

CONFIG_FUSE

NbdServerAddOptions (Object)

An NBD block export, per legacy nbd-server-add command.

Members

*device: string*
The device name or node name of the node to be exported
*writable: boolean (optional)*
Whether clients should be able to write to the device via the NBD connection (default false).
*bitmap: string (optional)*
Also export a single dirty bitmap reachable from device, so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the metadata context name “qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP” to inspect the bitmap (since 4.0).
The members of BlockExportOptionsNbdBase

Since

5.0

nbd-server-add (Command)

Export a block node to QEMU’s embedded NBD server.

The export name will be used as the id for the resulting block export.

Arguments

The members of NbdServerAddOptions

Features

deprecated
This command is deprecated. Use block-export-add instead.

Returns

error if the server is not running, or export with the same name already exists.

Since

1.3

BlockExportRemoveMode (Enum)

Mode for removing a block export.

Values

safe
Remove export if there are no existing connections, fail otherwise.
hard
Drop all connections immediately and remove export.

Potential additional modes to be added in the future:

hide: Just hide export from new clients, leave existing connections as is. Remove export after all clients are disconnected.

soft: Hide export from new clients, answer with ESHUTDOWN for all further requests from existing clients.

Since

2.12

nbd-server-remove (Command)

Remove NBD export by name.

Arguments

*name: string*
Block export id.
*mode: BlockExportRemoveMode (optional)*
Mode of command operation. See BlockExportRemoveMode description. Default is ’safe’.

Features

deprecated
This command is deprecated. Use block-export-del instead.

Returns

error if
  • the server is not running
  • export is not found
  • mode is ’safe’ and there are existing connections

Since

2.12

nbd-server-stop (Command)

Stop QEMU’s embedded NBD server, and unregister all devices previously added via nbd-server-add.

Since

1.3

BlockExportType (Enum)

An enumeration of block export types

Values

nbd
NBD export
vhost-user-blk
vhost-user-blk export (since 5.2)
fuse (If: CONFIG_FUSE)
FUSE export (since: 6.0)

Since

4.2

BlockExportOptions (Object)

Describes a block export, i.e. how single node should be exported on an external interface.

Members

*id: string*
A unique identifier for the block export (across all export types)
*node-name: string*
The node name of the block node to be exported (since: 5.2)
*writable: boolean (optional)*
True if clients should be able to write to the export (default false)
*writethrough: boolean (optional)*
If true, caches are flushed after every write request to the export before completion is signalled. (since: 5.2; default: false)
*iothread: string (optional)*
The name of the iothread object where the export will run. The default is to use the thread currently associated with the block node. (since: 5.2)
*fixed-iothread: boolean (optional)*
True prevents the block node from being moved to another thread while the export is active. If true and iothread is given, export creation fails if the block node cannot be moved to the iothread. The default is false. (since: 5.2)
*type: BlockExportType*
Not documented
The members of *BlockExportOptionsNbd when type is “nbd”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockExportOptionsVhostUserBlk when type is “vhost-user-blk”* ::
(no term)
The members of BlockExportOptionsFuse when type is “fuse” (If: CONFIG_FUSE) ::

Since

4.2

block-export-add (Command)

Creates a new block export.

Arguments

The members of BlockExportOptions

Since

5.2

block-export-del (Command)

Request to remove a block export. This drops the user’s reference to the export, but the export may still stay around after this command returns until the shutdown of the export has completed.

Arguments

*id: string*
Block export id.
*mode: BlockExportRemoveMode (optional)*
Mode of command operation. See BlockExportRemoveMode description. Default is ’safe’.

Returns

Error if the export is not found or mode is ’safe’ and the export is still in use (e.g. by existing client connections)

Since

5.2

BLOCK_EXPORT_DELETED (Event)

Emitted when a block export is removed and its id can be reused.

Arguments

*id: string*
Block export id.

Since

5.2

BlockExportInfo (Object)

Information about a single block export.

Members

*id: string*
The unique identifier for the block export
*type: BlockExportType*
The block export type
*node-name: string*
The node name of the block node that is exported
*shutting-down: boolean*
True if the export is shutting down (e.g. after a block-export-del command, but before the shutdown has completed)

Since

5.2

query-block-exports (Command)

Returns

A list of BlockExportInfo describing all block exports

Since

5.2

CHARACTER DEVICES

ChardevInfo (Object)

Information about a character device.

Members

*label: string*
the label of the character device
*filename: string*
the filename of the character device
*frontend-open: boolean*
shows whether the frontend device attached to this backend (eg. with the chardev=… option) is in open or closed state (since 2.1)

Notes

filename is encoded using the QEMU command line character device encoding. See the QEMU man page for details.

Since

0.14

query-chardev (Command)

Returns information about current character devices.

Returns

a list of ChardevInfo

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-chardev" }
      <- {
            "return": [
               {
                  "label": "charchannel0",
                  "filename": "unix:/var/lib/libvirt/qemu/seabios.rhel6.agent,server=on",
                  "frontend-open": false
               },
               {
                  "label": "charmonitor",
                  "filename": "unix:/var/lib/libvirt/qemu/seabios.rhel6.monitor,server=on",
                  "frontend-open": true
               },
               {
                  "label": "charserial0",
                  "filename": "pty:/dev/pts/2",
                  "frontend-open": true
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

ChardevBackendInfo (Object)

Information about a character device backend

Members

*name: string*
The backend name

Since

2.0

query-chardev-backends (Command)

Returns information about character device backends.

Returns

a list of ChardevBackendInfo

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-chardev-backends" }
      <- {
            "return":[
               {
                  "name":"udp"
               },
               {
                  "name":"tcp"
               },
               {
                  "name":"unix"
               },
               {
                  "name":"spiceport"
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

DataFormat (Enum)

An enumeration of data format.

Values

utf8
Data is a UTF-8 string (RFC 3629)
base64
Data is Base64 encoded binary (RFC 3548)

Since

1.4

ringbuf-write (Command)

Write to a ring buffer character device.

Arguments

*device: string*
the ring buffer character device name
*data: string*
data to write
*format: DataFormat (optional)*
data encoding (default ’utf8’).
  • base64: data must be base64 encoded text. Its binary decoding gets written.
  • utf8: data’s UTF-8 encoding is written
  • data itself is always Unicode regardless of format, like any other string.

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

1.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "ringbuf-write",
           "arguments": { "device": "foo",
                          "data": "abcdefgh",
                          "format": "utf8" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

ringbuf-read (Command)

Read from a ring buffer character device.

Arguments

*device: string*
the ring buffer character device name
*size: int*
how many bytes to read at most
*format: DataFormat (optional)*
data encoding (default ’utf8’).
  • base64: the data read is returned in base64 encoding.
  • utf8: the data read is interpreted as UTF-8. Bug: can screw up when the buffer contains invalid UTF-8 sequences, NUL characters, after the ring buffer lost data, and when reading stops because the size limit is reached.
  • The return value is always Unicode regardless of format, like any other string.

Returns

data read from the device

Since

1.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "ringbuf-read",
           "arguments": { "device": "foo",
                          "size": 1000,
                          "format": "utf8" } }
      <- { "return": "abcdefgh" }

#+end_quote

ChardevCommon (Object)

Configuration shared across all chardev backends

Members

*logfile: string (optional)*
The name of a logfile to save output
*logappend: boolean (optional)*
true to append instead of truncate (default to false to truncate)

Since

2.6

ChardevFile (Object)

Configuration info for file chardevs.

Members

*in: string (optional)*
The name of the input file
*out: string*
The name of the output file
*append: boolean (optional)*
Open the file in append mode (default false to truncate) (Since 2.6)
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.4

ChardevHostdev (Object)

Configuration info for device and pipe chardevs.

Members

*device: string*
The name of the special file for the device, i.e. /dev/ttyS0 on Unix or COM1: on Windows
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.4

ChardevSocket (Object)

Configuration info for (stream) socket chardevs.

Members

*addr: SocketAddressLegacy*
socket address to listen on (server=true) or connect to (server=false)
*tls-creds: string (optional)*
the ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6)
*tls-authz: string (optional)*
the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which the client’s x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0)
*server: boolean (optional)*
create server socket (default: true)
*wait: boolean (optional)*
wait for incoming connection on server sockets (default: false). Silently ignored with server: false. This use is deprecated.
*nodelay: boolean (optional)*
set TCP_NODELAY socket option (default: false)
*telnet: boolean (optional)*
enable telnet protocol on server sockets (default: false)
*tn3270: boolean (optional)*
enable tn3270 protocol on server sockets (default: false) (Since: 2.10)
*websocket: boolean (optional)*
enable websocket protocol on server sockets (default: false) (Since: 3.1)
*reconnect: int (optional)*
For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the given number of seconds. Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0) (Since: 2.2)
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.4

ChardevUdp (Object)

Configuration info for datagram socket chardevs.

Members

*remote: SocketAddressLegacy*
remote address
*local: SocketAddressLegacy (optional)*
local address
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

ChardevMux (Object)

Configuration info for mux chardevs.

Members

*chardev: string*
name of the base chardev.
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

ChardevStdio (Object)

Configuration info for stdio chardevs.

Members

*signal: boolean (optional)*
Allow signals (such as SIGINT triggered by ^C) be delivered to qemu. Default: true.
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

ChardevSpiceChannel (Object)

Configuration info for spice vm channel chardevs.

Members

*type: string*
kind of channel (for example vdagent).
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_SPICE

ChardevSpicePort (Object)

Configuration info for spice port chardevs.

Members

*fqdn: string*
name of the channel (see docs/spice-port-fqdn.txt)
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_SPICE

ChardevVC (Object)

Configuration info for virtual console chardevs.

Members

*width: int (optional)*
console width, in pixels
*height: int (optional)*
console height, in pixels
*cols: int (optional)*
console width, in chars
*rows: int (optional)*
console height, in chars
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

ChardevRingbuf (Object)

Configuration info for ring buffer chardevs.

Members

*size: int (optional)*
ring buffer size, must be power of two, default is 65536
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

1.5

ChardevQemuVDAgent (Object)

Configuration info for qemu vdagent implementation.

Members

*mouse: boolean (optional)*
enable/disable mouse, default is enabled.
*clipboard: boolean (optional)*
enable/disable clipboard, default is disabled.
The members of ChardevCommon

Since

6.1

If

CONFIG_SPICE_PROTOCOL

ChardevBackendKind (Enum)

Values

pipe
Since 1.5
udp
Since 1.5
mux
Since 1.5
msmouse
Since 1.5
wctablet
Since 2.9
braille
Since 1.5
testdev
Since 2.2
stdio
Since 1.5
console
Since 1.5
spicevmc (If: CONFIG_SPICE)
Since 1.5
spiceport (If: CONFIG_SPICE)
Since 1.5
qemu-vdagent (If: CONFIG_SPICE_PROTOCOL)
Since 6.1
vc
v1.5
ringbuf
Since 1.6
memory
Since 1.5
file
Not documented
serial
Not documented
parallel
Not documented
socket
Not documented
pty
Not documented
null
Not documented

Since

1.4

ChardevFileWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevFile*
Not documented

Since

1.4

ChardevHostdevWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevHostdev*
Not documented

Since

1.4

ChardevSocketWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevSocket*
Not documented

Since

1.4

ChardevUdpWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevUdp*
Not documented

Since

1.5

ChardevCommonWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevCommon*
Not documented

Since

2.6

ChardevMuxWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevMux*
Not documented

Since

1.5

ChardevStdioWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevStdio*
Not documented

Since

1.5

ChardevSpiceChannelWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevSpiceChannel*
Not documented

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_SPICE

ChardevSpicePortWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevSpicePort*
Not documented

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_SPICE

ChardevQemuVDAgentWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevQemuVDAgent*
Not documented

Since

6.1

If

CONFIG_SPICE_PROTOCOL

ChardevVCWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevVC*
Not documented

Since

1.5

ChardevRingbufWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: ChardevRingbuf*
Not documented

Since

1.5

ChardevBackend (Object)

Configuration info for the new chardev backend.

Members

*type: ChardevBackendKind*
Not documented
The members of *ChardevFileWrapper when type is “file”*
(no term)
The members of *ChardevHostdevWrapper when type is “serial”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ChardevHostdevWrapper when type is “parallel”* ::
The members of *ChardevHostdevWrapper when type is “pipe”*
(no term)
The members of *ChardevSocketWrapper when type is “socket”* ::
The members of *ChardevUdpWrapper when type is “udp”*
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “pty”*
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “null”*
The members of *ChardevMuxWrapper when type is “mux”*
(no term)
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “msmouse”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “wctablet”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “braille”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “testdev”* ::
The members of *ChardevStdioWrapper when type is “stdio”*
(no term)
The members of *ChardevCommonWrapper when type is “console”* ::
(no term)
The members of ChardevSpiceChannelWrapper when type is “spicevmc” (If: CONFIG_SPICE) ::
(no term)
The members of ChardevSpicePortWrapper when type is “spiceport” (If: CONFIG_SPICE) ::
(no term)
The members of ChardevQemuVDAgentWrapper when type is “qemu-vdagent” (If: CONFIG_SPICE_PROTOCOL) ::
The members of *ChardevVCWrapper when type is “vc”*
(no term)
The members of *ChardevRingbufWrapper when type is “ringbuf”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ChardevRingbufWrapper when type is “memory”* ::

Since

1.4

ChardevReturn (Object)

Return info about the chardev backend just created.

Members

*pty: string (optional)*
name of the slave pseudoterminal device, present if and only if a chardev of type ’pty’ was created

Since

1.4

chardev-add (Command)

Add a character device backend

Arguments

*id: string*
the chardev’s ID, must be unique
*backend: ChardevBackend*
backend type and parameters

Returns

ChardevReturn.

Since

1.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
           "arguments" : { "id" : "foo",
                           "backend" : { "type" : "null", "data" : {} } } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
           "arguments" : { "id" : "bar",
                           "backend" : { "type" : "file",
                                         "data" : { "out" : "/tmp/bar.log" } } } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
           "arguments" : { "id" : "baz",
                           "backend" : { "type" : "pty", "data" : {} } } }
      <- { "return": { "pty" : "/dev/pty/42" } }

#+end_quote

chardev-change (Command)

Change a character device backend

Arguments

*id: string*
the chardev’s ID, must exist
*backend: ChardevBackend*
new backend type and parameters

Returns

ChardevReturn.

Since

2.10

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute" : "chardev-change",
           "arguments" : { "id" : "baz",
                           "backend" : { "type" : "pty", "data" : {} } } }
      <- { "return": { "pty" : "/dev/pty/42" } }

      -> {"execute" : "chardev-change",
          "arguments" : {
              "id" : "charchannel2",
              "backend" : {
                  "type" : "socket",
                  "data" : {
                      "addr" : {
                          "type" : "unix" ,
                          "data" : {
                              "path" : "/tmp/charchannel2.socket"
                          }
                       },
                       "server" : true,
                       "wait" : false }}}}
      <- {"return": {}}

#+end_quote

chardev-remove (Command)

Remove a character device backend

Arguments

*id: string*
the chardev’s ID, must exist and not be in use

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

1.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "chardev-remove", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

chardev-send-break (Command)

Send a break to a character device

Arguments

*id: string*
the chardev’s ID, must exist

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

2.10

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "chardev-send-break", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

VSERPORT_CHANGE (Event)

Emitted when the guest opens or closes a virtio-serial port.

Arguments

*id: string*
device identifier of the virtio-serial port
*open: boolean*
true if the guest has opened the virtio-serial port

Note

This event is rate-limited.

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "VSERPORT_CHANGE",
           "data": { "id": "channel0", "open": true },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1401385907, "microseconds": 422329 } }

#+end_quote

DUMP GUEST MEMORY

DumpGuestMemoryFormat (Enum)

An enumeration of guest-memory-dump’s format.

Values

elf
elf format
kdump-zlib
kdump-compressed format with zlib-compressed
kdump-lzo
kdump-compressed format with lzo-compressed
kdump-snappy
kdump-compressed format with snappy-compressed
win-dmp
Windows full crashdump format, can be used instead of ELF converting (since 2.13)

Since

2.0

dump-guest-memory (Command)

Dump guest’s memory to vmcore. It is a synchronous operation that can take very long depending on the amount of guest memory.

Arguments

*paging: boolean*
if true, do paging to get guest’s memory mapping. This allows using gdb to process the core file.

IMPORTANT: this option can make QEMU allocate several gigabytes of RAM. This can happen for a large guest, or a malicious guest pretending to be large.

Also, paging=true has the following limitations:

#+begin_quote

#+begin_quote

#+begin_quote

  1. The guest may be in a catastrophic state or can have corrupted memory, which cannot be trusted
  2. The guest can be in real-mode even if paging is enabled. For example, the guest uses ACPI to sleep, and ACPI sleep state goes in real-mode
  3. Currently only supported on i386 and x86_64.

#+end_quote #+end_quote

*protocol: string*
the filename or file descriptor of the vmcore. The supported protocols are:
  1. file: the protocol starts with “file:”, and the following string is the file’s path.
  2. fd: the protocol starts with “fd:”, and the following string is the fd’s name.
*detach: boolean (optional)*
if true, QMP will return immediately rather than waiting for the dump to finish. The user can track progress using “query-dump”. (since 2.6).
*begin: int (optional)*
if specified, the starting physical address.
*length: int (optional)*
if specified, the memory size, in bytes. If you don’t want to dump all guest’s memory, please specify the start begin and length
*format: DumpGuestMemoryFormat (optional)*
if specified, the format of guest memory dump. But non-elf format is conflict with paging and filter, ie. paging, begin and length is not allowed to be specified with non-elf format at the same time (since 2.0)

#+end_quote

Note

All boolean arguments default to false

Returns

nothing on success

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "dump-guest-memory",
           "arguments": { "protocol": "fd:dump" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DumpStatus (Enum)

Describe the status of a long-running background guest memory dump.

Values

none
no dump-guest-memory has started yet.
active
there is one dump running in background.
completed
the last dump has finished successfully.
failed
the last dump has failed.

Since

2.6

DumpQueryResult (Object)

The result format for ’query-dump’.

Members

*status: DumpStatus*
enum of DumpStatus, which shows current dump status
*completed: int*
bytes written in latest dump (uncompressed)
*total: int*
total bytes to be written in latest dump (uncompressed)

Since

2.6

query-dump (Command)

Query latest dump status.

Returns

A DumpStatus object showing the dump status.

Since

2.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-dump" }
      <- { "return": { "status": "active", "completed": 1024000,
                       "total": 2048000 } }

#+end_quote

DUMP_COMPLETED (Event)

Emitted when background dump has completed

Arguments

*result: DumpQueryResult*
final dump status
*error: string (optional)*
human-readable error string that provides hint on why dump failed. Only presents on failure. The user should not try to interpret the error string.

Since

2.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      { "event": "DUMP_COMPLETED",
        "data": {"result": {"total": 1090650112, "status": "completed",
                            "completed": 1090650112} } }

#+end_quote

DumpGuestMemoryCapability (Object)

A list of the available formats for dump-guest-memory

Members

*formats: array of DumpGuestMemoryFormat*
Not documented

Since

2.0

query-dump-guest-memory-capability (Command)

Returns the available formats for dump-guest-memory

Returns

A DumpGuestMemoryCapability object listing available formats for dump-guest-memory

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-dump-guest-memory-capability" }
      <- { "return": { "formats":
                       ["elf", "kdump-zlib", "kdump-lzo", "kdump-snappy"] }

#+end_quote

NET DEVICES

set_link (Command)

Sets the link status of a virtual network adapter.

Arguments

*name: string*
the device name of the virtual network adapter
*up: boolean*
true to set the link status to be up

Returns

Nothing on success If name is not a valid network device, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Notes

Not all network adapters support setting link status. This command will succeed even if the network adapter does not support link status notification.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "set_link",
           "arguments": { "name": "e1000.0", "up": false } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

netdev_add (Command)

Add a network backend.

Additional arguments depend on the type.

Arguments

The members of Netdev

Since

0.14

Returns

Nothing on success If type is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "netdev_add",
           "arguments": { "type": "user", "id": "netdev1",
                          "dnssearch": "example.org" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

netdev_del (Command)

Remove a network backend.

Arguments

*id: string*
the name of the network backend to remove

Returns

Nothing on success If id is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "netdev_del", "arguments": { "id": "netdev1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

NetLegacyNicOptions (Object)

Create a new Network Interface Card.

Members

*netdev: string (optional)*
id of -netdev to connect to
*macaddr: string (optional)*
MAC address
*model: string (optional)*
device model (e1000, rtl8139, virtio etc.)
*addr: string (optional)*
PCI device address
*vectors: int (optional)*
number of MSI-x vectors, 0 to disable MSI-X

Since

1.2

NetdevUserOptions (Object)

Use the user mode network stack which requires no administrator privilege to run.

Members

*hostname: string (optional)*
client hostname reported by the builtin DHCP server
*restrict: boolean (optional)*
isolate the guest from the host
*ipv4: boolean (optional)*
whether to support IPv4, default true for enabled (since 2.6)
*ipv6: boolean (optional)*
whether to support IPv6, default true for enabled (since 2.6)
*ip: string (optional)*
legacy parameter, use net= instead
*net: string (optional)*
IP network address that the guest will see, in the form addr[/netmask] The netmask is optional, and can be either in the form a.b.c.d or as a number of valid top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
*host: string (optional)*
guest-visible address of the host
*tftp: string (optional)*
root directory of the built-in TFTP server
*bootfile: string (optional)*
BOOTP filename, for use with tftp=
*dhcpstart: string (optional)*
the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign
*dns: string (optional)*
guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver
*dnssearch: array of String (optional)*
list of DNS suffixes to search, passed as DHCP option to the guest
*domainname: string (optional)*
guest-visible domain name of the virtual nameserver (since 3.0)
*ipv6-prefix: string (optional)*
IPv6 network prefix (default is fec0::) (since 2.6). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address notation.
*ipv6-prefixlen: int (optional)*
IPv6 network prefix length (default is 64) (since 2.6)
*ipv6-host: string (optional)*
guest-visible IPv6 address of the host (since 2.6)
*ipv6-dns: string (optional)*
guest-visible IPv6 address of the virtual nameserver (since 2.6)
*smb: string (optional)*
root directory of the built-in SMB server
*smbserver: string (optional)*
IP address of the built-in SMB server
*hostfwd: array of String (optional)*
redirect incoming TCP or UDP host connections to guest endpoints
*guestfwd: array of String (optional)*
forward guest TCP connections
*tftp-server-name: string (optional)*
RFC2132 “TFTP server name” string (Since 3.1)

Since

1.2

NetdevTapOptions (Object)

Used to configure a host TAP network interface backend.

Members

*ifname: string (optional)*
interface name
*fd: string (optional)*
file descriptor of an already opened tap
*fds: string (optional)*
multiple file descriptors of already opened multiqueue capable tap
*script: string (optional)*
script to initialize the interface
*downscript: string (optional)*
script to shut down the interface
*br: string (optional)*
bridge name (since 2.8)
*helper: string (optional)*
command to execute to configure bridge
*sndbuf: int (optional)*
send buffer limit. Understands [TGMKkb] suffixes.
*vnet_hdr: boolean (optional)*
enable the IFF_VNET_HDR flag on the tap interface
*vhost: boolean (optional)*
enable vhost-net network accelerator
*vhostfd: string (optional)*
file descriptor of an already opened vhost net device
*vhostfds: string (optional)*
file descriptors of multiple already opened vhost net devices
*vhostforce: boolean (optional)*
vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests
*queues: int (optional)*
number of queues to be created for multiqueue capable tap
*poll-us: int (optional)*
maximum number of microseconds that could be spent on busy polling for tap (since 2.7)

Since

1.2

NetdevSocketOptions (Object)

Socket netdevs are used to establish a network connection to another QEMU virtual machine via a TCP socket.

Members

*fd: string (optional)*
file descriptor of an already opened socket
*listen: string (optional)*
port number, and optional hostname, to listen on
*connect: string (optional)*
port number, and optional hostname, to connect to
*mcast: string (optional)*
UDP multicast address and port number
*localaddr: string (optional)*
source address and port for multicast and udp packets
*udp: string (optional)*
UDP unicast address and port number

Since

1.2

NetdevL2TPv3Options (Object)

Configure an Ethernet over L2TPv3 tunnel.

Members

*src: string*
source address
*dst: string*
destination address
*srcport: string (optional)*
source port - mandatory for udp, optional for ip
*dstport: string (optional)*
destination port - mandatory for udp, optional for ip
*ipv6: boolean (optional)*
force the use of ipv6
*udp: boolean (optional)*
use the udp version of l2tpv3 encapsulation
*cookie64: boolean (optional)*
use 64 bit coookies
*counter: boolean (optional)*
have sequence counter
*pincounter: boolean (optional)*
pin sequence counter to zero - workaround for buggy implementations or networks with packet reorder
*txcookie: int (optional)*
32 or 64 bit transmit cookie
*rxcookie: int (optional)*
32 or 64 bit receive cookie
*txsession: int*
32 bit transmit session
*rxsession: int (optional)*
32 bit receive session - if not specified set to the same value as transmit
*offset: int (optional)*
additional offset - allows the insertion of additional application-specific data before the packet payload

Since

2.1

NetdevVdeOptions (Object)

Connect to a vde switch running on the host.

Members

*sock: string (optional)*
socket path
*port: int (optional)*
port number
*group: string (optional)*
group owner of socket
*mode: int (optional)*
permissions for socket

Since

1.2

NetdevBridgeOptions (Object)

Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.

Members

*br: string (optional)*
bridge name
*helper: string (optional)*
command to execute to configure bridge

Since

1.2

NetdevHubPortOptions (Object)

Connect two or more net clients through a software hub.

Members

*hubid: int*
hub identifier number
*netdev: string (optional)*
used to connect hub to a netdev instead of a device (since 2.12)

Since

1.2

NetdevNetmapOptions (Object)

Connect a client to a netmap-enabled NIC or to a VALE switch port

Members

*ifname: string*
Either the name of an existing network interface supported by netmap, or the name of a VALE port (created on the fly). A VALE port name is in the form ’valeXXX:YYY’, where XXX and YYY are non-negative integers. XXX identifies a switch and YYY identifies a port of the switch. VALE ports having the same XXX are therefore connected to the same switch.
*devname: string (optional)*
path of the netmap device (default: ’/dev/netmap’).

Since

2.0

NetdevVhostUserOptions (Object)

Vhost-user network backend

Members

*chardev: string*
name of a unix socket chardev
*vhostforce: boolean (optional)*
vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests (default: false).
*queues: int (optional)*
number of queues to be created for multiqueue vhost-user (default: 1) (Since 2.5)

Since

2.1

NetdevVhostVDPAOptions (Object)

Vhost-vdpa network backend

vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.

Members

*vhostdev: string (optional)*
path of vhost-vdpa device (default:’/dev/vhost-vdpa-0’)
*queues: int (optional)*
number of queues to be created for multiqueue vhost-vdpa (default: 1)

Since

5.1

NetClientDriver (Enum)

Available netdev drivers.

Values

none
Not documented
nic
Not documented
user
Not documented
tap
Not documented
l2tpv3
Not documented
socket
Not documented
vde
Not documented
bridge
Not documented
hubport
Not documented
netmap
Not documented
vhost-user
Not documented
vhost-vdpa
Not documented

Since

2.7

vhost-vdpa since 5.1

Netdev (Object)

Captures the configuration of a network device.

Members

*id: string*
identifier for monitor commands.
*type: NetClientDriver*
Specify the driver used for interpreting remaining arguments.
The members of *NetLegacyNicOptions when type is “nic”*
The members of *NetdevUserOptions when type is “user”*
The members of *NetdevTapOptions when type is “tap”*
The members of *NetdevL2TPv3Options when type is “l2tpv3”*
The members of *NetdevSocketOptions when type is “socket”*
The members of *NetdevVdeOptions when type is “vde”*
The members of *NetdevBridgeOptions when type is “bridge”*
(no term)
The members of *NetdevHubPortOptions when type is “hubport”* ::
The members of *NetdevNetmapOptions when type is “netmap”*
(no term)
The members of *NetdevVhostUserOptions when type is “vhost-user”* ::
(no term)
The members of *NetdevVhostVDPAOptions when type is “vhost-vdpa”* ::

Since

1.2

’l2tpv3’ - since 2.1

RxState (Enum)

Packets receiving state

Values

normal
filter assigned packets according to the mac-table
none
don’t receive any assigned packet
all
receive all assigned packets

Since

1.6

RxFilterInfo (Object)

Rx-filter information for a NIC.

Members

*name: string*
net client name
*promiscuous: boolean*
whether promiscuous mode is enabled
*multicast: RxState*
multicast receive state
*unicast: RxState*
unicast receive state
*vlan: RxState*
vlan receive state (Since 2.0)
*broadcast-allowed: boolean*
whether to receive broadcast
*multicast-overflow: boolean*
multicast table is overflowed or not
*unicast-overflow: boolean*
unicast table is overflowed or not
*main-mac: string*
the main macaddr string
*vlan-table: array of int*
a list of active vlan id
*unicast-table: array of string*
a list of unicast macaddr string
*multicast-table: array of string*
a list of multicast macaddr string

Since

1.6

query-rx-filter (Command)

Return rx-filter information for all NICs (or for the given NIC).

Arguments

*name: string (optional)*
net client name

Returns

list of RxFilterInfo for all NICs (or for the given NIC). Returns an error if the given name doesn’t exist, or given NIC doesn’t support rx-filter querying, or given net client isn’t a NIC.

Since

1.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-rx-filter", "arguments": { "name": "vnet0" } }
      <- { "return": [
              {
                  "promiscuous": true,
                  "name": "vnet0",
                  "main-mac": "52:54:00:12:34:56",
                  "unicast": "normal",
                  "vlan": "normal",
                  "vlan-table": [
                      4,
                      0
                  ],
                  "unicast-table": [
                  ],
                  "multicast": "normal",
                  "multicast-overflow": false,
                  "unicast-overflow": false,
                  "multicast-table": [
                      "01:00:5e:00:00:01",
                      "33:33:00:00:00:01",
                      "33:33:ff:12:34:56"
                  ],
                  "broadcast-allowed": false
              }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED (Event)

Emitted once until the ’query-rx-filter’ command is executed, the first event will always be emitted

Arguments

*name: string (optional)*
net client name
*path: string*
device path

Since

1.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED",
           "data": { "name": "vnet0",
                     "path": "/machine/peripheral/vnet0/virtio-backend" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1368697518, "microseconds": 326866 } }
         }

#+end_quote

AnnounceParameters (Object)

Parameters for self-announce timers

Members

*initial: int*
Initial delay (in ms) before sending the first GARP/RARP announcement
*max: int*
Maximum delay (in ms) between GARP/RARP announcement packets
*rounds: int*
Number of self-announcement attempts
*step: int*
Delay increase (in ms) after each self-announcement attempt
*interfaces: array of string (optional)*
An optional list of interface names, which restricts the announcement to the listed interfaces. (Since 4.1)
*id: string (optional)*
A name to be used to identify an instance of announce-timers and to allow it to modified later. Not for use as part of the migration parameters. (Since 4.1)

Since

4.0

announce-self (Command)

Trigger generation of broadcast RARP frames to update network switches. This can be useful when network bonds fail-over the active slave.

Arguments

The members of AnnounceParameters

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "announce-self",
           "arguments": {
               "initial": 50, "max": 550, "rounds": 10, "step": 50,
               "interfaces": ["vn2", "vn3"], "id": "bob" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

4.0

FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED (Event)

Emitted when VIRTIO_NET_F_STANDBY was enabled during feature negotiation. Failover primary devices which were hidden (not hotplugged when requested) before will now be hotplugged by the virtio-net standby device.

device-id: QEMU device id of the unplugged device

Arguments

*device-id: string*
Not documented

Since

4.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED",
           "data": "net1" }

#+end_quote

RDMA DEVICE

RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED (Event)

Emitted when guest driver adds/deletes GID to/from device

Arguments

*netdev: string*
RoCE Network Device name
*gid-status: boolean*
Add or delete indication
*subnet-prefix: int*
Subnet Prefix
*interface-id: int*
Not documented

interface-id : Interface ID

Since

4.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- {"timestamp": {"seconds": 1541579657, "microseconds": 986760},
          "event": "RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED",
          "data":
              {"netdev": "bridge0",
              "interface-id": 15880512517475447892,
              "gid-status": true,
              "subnet-prefix": 33022}}

#+end_quote

ROCKER SWITCH DEVICE

RockerSwitch (Object)

Rocker switch information.

Members

*name: string*
switch name
*id: int*
switch ID
*ports: int*
number of front-panel ports

Since

2.4

query-rocker (Command)

Return rocker switch information.

Arguments

*name: string*
Not documented

Returns

Rocker information

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-rocker", "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
      <- { "return": {"name": "sw1", "ports": 2, "id": 1327446905938}}

#+end_quote

RockerPortDuplex (Enum)

An eumeration of port duplex states.

Values

half
half duplex
full
full duplex

Since

2.4

RockerPortAutoneg (Enum)

An eumeration of port autoneg states.

Values

off
autoneg is off
on
autoneg is on

Since

2.4

RockerPort (Object)

Rocker switch port information.

Members

*name: string*
port name
*enabled: boolean*
port is enabled for I/O
*link-up: boolean*
physical link is UP on port
*speed: int*
port link speed in Mbps
*duplex: RockerPortDuplex*
port link duplex
*autoneg: RockerPortAutoneg*
port link autoneg

Since

2.4

query-rocker-ports (Command)

Return rocker switch port information.

Arguments

*name: string*
Not documented

Returns

a list of RockerPort information

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-rocker-ports", "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
      <- { "return": [ {"duplex": "full", "enabled": true, "name": "sw1.1",
                        "autoneg": "off", "link-up": true, "speed": 10000},
                       {"duplex": "full", "enabled": true, "name": "sw1.2",
                        "autoneg": "off", "link-up": true, "speed": 10000}
         ]}

#+end_quote

RockerOfDpaFlowKey (Object)

Rocker switch OF-DPA flow key

Members

*priority: int*
key priority, 0 being lowest priority
*tbl-id: int*
flow table ID
*in-pport: int (optional)*
physical input port
*tunnel-id: int (optional)*
tunnel ID
*vlan-id: int (optional)*
VLAN ID
*eth-type: int (optional)*
Ethernet header type
*eth-src: string (optional)*
Ethernet header source MAC address
*eth-dst: string (optional)*
Ethernet header destination MAC address
*ip-proto: int (optional)*
IP Header protocol field
*ip-tos: int (optional)*
IP header TOS field
*ip-dst: string (optional)*
IP header destination address

Note

optional members may or may not appear in the flow key depending if they’re relevant to the flow key.

Since

2.4

RockerOfDpaFlowMask (Object)

Rocker switch OF-DPA flow mask

Members

*in-pport: int (optional)*
physical input port
*tunnel-id: int (optional)*
tunnel ID
*vlan-id: int (optional)*
VLAN ID
*eth-src: string (optional)*
Ethernet header source MAC address
*eth-dst: string (optional)*
Ethernet header destination MAC address
*ip-proto: int (optional)*
IP Header protocol field
*ip-tos: int (optional)*
IP header TOS field

Note

optional members may or may not appear in the flow mask depending if they’re relevant to the flow mask.

Since

2.4

RockerOfDpaFlowAction (Object)

Rocker switch OF-DPA flow action

Members

*goto-tbl: int (optional)*
next table ID
*group-id: int (optional)*
group ID
*tunnel-lport: int (optional)*
tunnel logical port ID
*vlan-id: int (optional)*
VLAN ID
*new-vlan-id: int (optional)*
new VLAN ID
*out-pport: int (optional)*
physical output port

Note

optional members may or may not appear in the flow action depending if they’re relevant to the flow action.

Since

2.4

RockerOfDpaFlow (Object)

Rocker switch OF-DPA flow

Members

*cookie: int*
flow unique cookie ID
*hits: int*
count of matches (hits) on flow
*key: RockerOfDpaFlowKey*
flow key
*mask: RockerOfDpaFlowMask*
flow mask
*action: RockerOfDpaFlowAction*
flow action

Since

2.4

query-rocker-of-dpa-flows (Command)

Return rocker OF-DPA flow information.

Arguments

*name: string*
switch name
*tbl-id: int (optional)*
flow table ID. If tbl-id is not specified, returns flow information for all tables.

Returns

rocker OF-DPA flow information

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-rocker-of-dpa-flows",
           "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
      <- { "return": [ {"key": {"in-pport": 0, "priority": 1, "tbl-id": 0},
                        "hits": 138,
                        "cookie": 0,
                        "action": {"goto-tbl": 10},
                        "mask": {"in-pport": 4294901760}
                       },
                       {...more...},
         ]}

#+end_quote

RockerOfDpaGroup (Object)

Rocker switch OF-DPA group

Members

*id: int*
group unique ID
*type: int*
group type
*vlan-id: int (optional)*
VLAN ID
*pport: int (optional)*
physical port number
*index: int (optional)*
group index, unique with group type
*out-pport: int (optional)*
output physical port number
*group-id: int (optional)*
next group ID
*set-vlan-id: int (optional)*
VLAN ID to set
*pop-vlan: int (optional)*
pop VLAN headr from packet
*group-ids: array of int (optional)*
list of next group IDs
*set-eth-src: string (optional)*
set source MAC address in Ethernet header
*set-eth-dst: string (optional)*
set destination MAC address in Ethernet header
*ttl-check: int (optional)*
perform TTL check

Note

optional members may or may not appear in the group depending if they’re relevant to the group type.

Since

2.4

query-rocker-of-dpa-groups (Command)

Return rocker OF-DPA group information.

Arguments

*name: string*
switch name
*type: int (optional)*
group type. If type is not specified, returns group information for all group types.

Returns

rocker OF-DPA group information

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-rocker-of-dpa-groups",
           "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
      <- { "return": [ {"type": 0, "out-pport": 2,
                        "pport": 2, "vlan-id": 3841,
                        "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251723778},
                       {"type": 0, "out-pport": 0,
                        "pport": 0, "vlan-id": 3841,
                        "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251723776},
                       {"type": 0, "out-pport": 1,
                        "pport": 1, "vlan-id": 3840,
                        "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251658241},
                       {"type": 0, "out-pport": 0,
                        "pport": 0, "vlan-id": 3840,
                        "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251658240}
         ]}

#+end_quote

TPM (TRUSTED PLATFORM MODULE) DEVICES

TpmModel (Enum)

An enumeration of TPM models

Values

tpm-tis
TPM TIS model
tpm-crb
TPM CRB model (since 2.12)
tpm-spapr
TPM SPAPR model (since 5.0)

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

query-tpm-models (Command)

Return a list of supported TPM models

Returns

a list of TpmModel

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-tpm-models" }
      <- { "return": [ "tpm-tis", "tpm-crb", "tpm-spapr" ] }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_TPM

TpmType (Enum)

An enumeration of TPM types

Values

passthrough
TPM passthrough type
emulator
Software Emulator TPM type Since: 2.11

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

query-tpm-types (Command)

Return a list of supported TPM types

Returns

a list of TpmType

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-tpm-types" }
      <- { "return": [ "passthrough", "emulator" ] }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_TPM

TPMPassthroughOptions (Object)

Information about the TPM passthrough type

Members

*path: string (optional)*
string describing the path used for accessing the TPM device
*cancel-path: string (optional)*
string showing the TPM’s sysfs cancel file for cancellation of TPM commands while they are executing

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

TPMEmulatorOptions (Object)

Information about the TPM emulator type

Members

*chardev: string*
Name of a unix socket chardev

Since

2.11

If

CONFIG_TPM

TPMPassthroughOptionsWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: TPMPassthroughOptions*
Not documented

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

TPMEmulatorOptionsWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: TPMEmulatorOptions*
Not documented

Since

2.11

If

CONFIG_TPM

TpmTypeOptions (Object)

A union referencing different TPM backend types’ configuration options

Members

*type: TpmType*
  • ’passthrough’ The configuration options for the TPM passthrough type
  • ’emulator’ The configuration options for TPM emulator backend type
(no term)
The members of *TPMPassthroughOptionsWrapper when type is “passthrough”* ::
(no term)
The members of *TPMEmulatorOptionsWrapper when type is “emulator”* ::

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

TPMInfo (Object)

Information about the TPM

Members

*id: string*
The Id of the TPM
*model: TpmModel*
The TPM frontend model
*options: TpmTypeOptions*
The TPM (backend) type configuration options

Since

1.5

If

CONFIG_TPM

query-tpm (Command)

Return information about the TPM device

Returns

TPMInfo on success

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-tpm" }
      <- { "return":
           [
             { "model": "tpm-tis",
               "options":
                 { "type": "passthrough",
                   "data":
                     { "cancel-path": "/sys/class/misc/tpm0/device/cancel",
                       "path": "/dev/tpm0"
                     }
                 },
               "id": "tpm0"
             }
           ]
         }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_TPM

REMOTE DESKTOP

set_password (Command)

Sets the password of a remote display session.

Arguments

*protocol: string*
  • ’vnc’ to modify the VNC server password
  • ’spice’ to modify the Spice server password
*password: string*
the new password
*connected: string (optional)*
how to handle existing clients when changing the password. If nothing is specified, defaults to ’keep’ ’fail’ to fail the command if clients are connected ’disconnect’ to disconnect existing clients ’keep’ to maintain existing clients

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If Spice is not enabled, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "set_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                     "password": "secret" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

expire_password (Command)

Expire the password of a remote display server.

Arguments

*protocol: string*
the name of the remote display protocol ’vnc’ or ’spice’
*time: string*
when to expire the password.
  • ’now’ to expire the password immediately
  • ’never’ to cancel password expiration
  • ’+INT’ where INT is the number of seconds from now (integer)
  • ’INT’ where INT is the absolute time in seconds

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If protocol is ’spice’ and Spice is not active, DeviceNotFound

Since

0.14

Notes

Time is relative to the server and currently there is no way to coordinate server time with client time. It is not recommended to use the absolute time version of the time parameter unless you’re sure you are on the same machine as the QEMU instance.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "expire_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                        "time": "+60" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

screendump (Command)

Write a PPM of the VGA screen to a file.

Arguments

*filename: string*
the path of a new PPM file to store the image
*device: string (optional)*
ID of the display device that should be dumped. If this parameter is missing, the primary display will be used. (Since 2.12)
*head: int (optional)*
head to use in case the device supports multiple heads. If this parameter is missing, head #0 will be used. Also note that the head can only be specified in conjunction with the device ID. (Since 2.12)

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "screendump",
           "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/image" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Spice

SpiceBasicInfo (Object)

The basic information for SPICE network connection

Members

*host: string*
IP address
*port: string*
port number
*family: NetworkAddressFamily*
address family

Since

2.1

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SpiceServerInfo (Object)

Information about a SPICE server

Members

*auth: string (optional)*
authentication method
The members of SpiceBasicInfo

Since

2.1

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SpiceChannel (Object)

Information about a SPICE client channel.

Members

*connection-id: int*
SPICE connection id number. All channels with the same id belong to the same SPICE session.
*channel-type: int*
SPICE channel type number. “1” is the main control channel, filter for this one if you want to track spice sessions only
*channel-id: int*
SPICE channel ID number. Usually “0”, might be different when multiple channels of the same type exist, such as multiple display channels in a multihead setup
*tls: boolean*
true if the channel is encrypted, false otherwise.
The members of SpiceBasicInfo

Since

0.14

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SpiceQueryMouseMode (Enum)

An enumeration of Spice mouse states.

Values

client
Mouse cursor position is determined by the client.
server
Mouse cursor position is determined by the server.
unknown
No information is available about mouse mode used by the spice server.

Note

spice/enums.h has a SpiceMouseMode already, hence the name.

Since

1.1

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SpiceInfo (Object)

Information about the SPICE session.

Members

*enabled: boolean*
true if the SPICE server is enabled, false otherwise
*migrated: boolean*
true if the last guest migration completed and spice migration had completed as well. false otherwise. (since 1.4)
*host: string (optional)*
The hostname the SPICE server is bound to. This depends on the name resolution on the host and may be an IP address.
*port: int (optional)*
The SPICE server’s port number.
*compiled-version: string (optional)*
SPICE server version.
*tls-port: int (optional)*
The SPICE server’s TLS port number.
*auth: string (optional)*
the current authentication type used by the server
  • ’none’ if no authentication is being used
  • ’spice’ uses SASL or direct TLS authentication, depending on command line options
*mouse-mode: SpiceQueryMouseMode*
The mode in which the mouse cursor is displayed currently. Can be determined by the client or the server, or unknown if spice server doesn’t provide this information. (since: 1.1)
*channels: array of SpiceChannel (optional)*
a list of SpiceChannel for each active spice channel

Since

0.14

If

CONFIG_SPICE

query-spice (Command)

Returns information about the current SPICE server

Returns

SpiceInfo

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-spice" }
      <- { "return": {
               "enabled": true,
               "auth": "spice",
               "port": 5920,
               "tls-port": 5921,
               "host": "0.0.0.0",
               "channels": [
                  {
                     "port": "54924",
                     "family": "ipv4",
                     "channel-type": 1,
                     "connection-id": 1804289383,
                     "host": "127.0.0.1",
                     "channel-id": 0,
                     "tls": true
                  },
                  {
                     "port": "36710",
                     "family": "ipv4",
                     "channel-type": 4,
                     "connection-id": 1804289383,
                     "host": "127.0.0.1",
                     "channel-id": 0,
                     "tls": false
                  },
                  [ ... more channels follow ... ]
               ]
            }
         }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SPICE_CONNECTED (Event)

Emitted when a SPICE client establishes a connection

Arguments

*server: SpiceBasicInfo*
server information
*client: SpiceBasicInfo*
client information

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 388707},
           "event": "SPICE_CONNECTED",
           "data": {
             "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
             "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}
         }}

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SPICE_INITIALIZED (Event)

Emitted after initial handshake and authentication takes place (if any) and the SPICE channel is up and running

Arguments

*server: SpiceServerInfo*
server information
*client: SpiceChannel*
client information

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 417172},
           "event": "SPICE_INITIALIZED",
           "data": {"server": {"auth": "spice", "port": "5921",
                               "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
                    "client": {"port": "49004", "family": "ipv4", "channel-type": 3,
                               "connection-id": 1804289383, "host": "127.0.0.1",
                               "channel-id": 0, "tls": true}
         }}

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SPICE_DISCONNECTED (Event)

Emitted when the SPICE connection is closed

Arguments

*server: SpiceBasicInfo*
server information
*client: SpiceBasicInfo*
client information

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 388707},
           "event": "SPICE_DISCONNECTED",
           "data": {
             "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
             "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}
         }}

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_SPICE

SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED (Event)

Emitted when SPICE migration has completed

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 417172},
           "event": "SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED" }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_SPICE

VNC

VncBasicInfo (Object)

The basic information for vnc network connection

Members

*host: string*
IP address
*service: string*
The service name of the vnc port. This may depend on the host system’s service database so symbolic names should not be relied on.
*family: NetworkAddressFamily*
address family
*websocket: boolean*
true in case the socket is a websocket (since 2.3).

Since

2.1

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncServerInfo (Object)

The network connection information for server

Members

*auth: string (optional)*
authentication method used for the plain (non-websocket) VNC server
The members of VncBasicInfo

Since

2.1

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncClientInfo (Object)

Information about a connected VNC client.

Members

*x509_dname: string (optional)*
If x509 authentication is in use, the Distinguished Name of the client.
*sasl_username: string (optional)*
If SASL authentication is in use, the SASL username used for authentication.
The members of VncBasicInfo

Since

0.14

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncInfo (Object)

Information about the VNC session.

Members

*enabled: boolean*
true if the VNC server is enabled, false otherwise
*host: string (optional)*
The hostname the VNC server is bound to. This depends on the name resolution on the host and may be an IP address.
*family: NetworkAddressFamily (optional)*
  • ’ipv6’ if the host is listening for IPv6 connections
  • ’ipv4’ if the host is listening for IPv4 connections
  • ’unix’ if the host is listening on a unix domain socket
  • ’unknown’ otherwise
*service: string (optional)*
The service name of the server’s port. This may depends on the host system’s service database so symbolic names should not be relied on.
*auth: string (optional)*
the current authentication type used by the server
  • ’none’ if no authentication is being used
  • ’vnc’ if VNC authentication is being used
  • ’vencrypt+plain’ if VEncrypt is used with plain text authentication
  • ’vencrypt+tls+none’ if VEncrypt is used with TLS and no authentication
  • ’vencrypt+tls+vnc’ if VEncrypt is used with TLS and VNC authentication
  • ’vencrypt+tls+plain’ if VEncrypt is used with TLS and plain text auth
  • ’vencrypt+x509+none’ if VEncrypt is used with x509 and no auth
  • ’vencrypt+x509+vnc’ if VEncrypt is used with x509 and VNC auth
  • ’vencrypt+x509+plain’ if VEncrypt is used with x509 and plain text auth
  • ’vencrypt+tls+sasl’ if VEncrypt is used with TLS and SASL auth
  • ’vencrypt+x509+sasl’ if VEncrypt is used with x509 and SASL auth
*clients: array of VncClientInfo (optional)*
a list of VncClientInfo of all currently connected clients

Since

0.14

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncPrimaryAuth (Enum)

vnc primary authentication method.

Values

none
Not documented
vnc
Not documented
ra2
Not documented
ra2ne
Not documented
tight
Not documented
ultra
Not documented
tls
Not documented
vencrypt
Not documented
sasl
Not documented

Since

2.3

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncVencryptSubAuth (Enum)

vnc sub authentication method with vencrypt.

Values

plain
Not documented
tls-none
Not documented
x509-none
Not documented
tls-vnc
Not documented
x509-vnc
Not documented
tls-plain
Not documented
x509-plain
Not documented
tls-sasl
Not documented
x509-sasl
Not documented

Since

2.3

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncServerInfo2 (Object)

The network connection information for server

Members

*auth: VncPrimaryAuth*
The current authentication type used by the servers
*vencrypt: VncVencryptSubAuth (optional)*
The vencrypt sub authentication type used by the servers, only specified in case auth == vencrypt.
The members of VncBasicInfo

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_VNC

VncInfo2 (Object)

Information about a vnc server

Members

*id: string*
vnc server name.
*server: array of VncServerInfo2*
A list of VncBasincInfo describing all listening sockets. The list can be empty (in case the vnc server is disabled). It also may have multiple entries: normal + websocket, possibly also ipv4 + ipv6 in the future.
*clients: array of VncClientInfo*
A list of VncClientInfo of all currently connected clients. The list can be empty, for obvious reasons.
*auth: VncPrimaryAuth*
The current authentication type used by the non-websockets servers
*vencrypt: VncVencryptSubAuth (optional)*
The vencrypt authentication type used by the servers, only specified in case auth == vencrypt.
*display: string (optional)*
The display device the vnc server is linked to.

Since

2.3

If

CONFIG_VNC

query-vnc (Command)

Returns information about the current VNC server

Returns

VncInfo

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-vnc" }
      <- { "return": {
               "enabled":true,
               "host":"0.0.0.0",
               "service":"50402",
               "auth":"vnc",
               "family":"ipv4",
               "clients":[
                  {
                     "host":"127.0.0.1",
                     "service":"50401",
                     "family":"ipv4"
                  }
               ]
            }
         }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_VNC

query-vnc-servers (Command)

Returns a list of vnc servers. The list can be empty.

Returns

a list of VncInfo2

Since

2.3

If

CONFIG_VNC

change-vnc-password (Command)

Change the VNC server password.

Arguments

*password: string*
the new password to use with VNC authentication

Since

1.1

Notes

An empty password in this command will set the password to the empty string. Existing clients are unaffected by executing this command.

If

CONFIG_VNC

VNC_CONNECTED (Event)

Emitted when a VNC client establishes a connection

Arguments

*server: VncServerInfo*
server information
*client: VncBasicInfo*
client information

Note

This event is emitted before any authentication takes place, thus the authentication ID is not provided

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "VNC_CONNECTED",
           "data": {
                 "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                             "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0" },
                 "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425",
                             "host": "127.0.0.1" } },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_VNC

VNC_INITIALIZED (Event)

Emitted after authentication takes place (if any) and the VNC session is made active

Arguments

*server: VncServerInfo*
server information
*client: VncClientInfo*
client information

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <-  { "event": "VNC_INITIALIZED",
            "data": {
                 "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                             "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0"},
                 "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "46089",
                             "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } },
            "timestamp": { "seconds": 1263475302, "microseconds": 150772 } }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_VNC

VNC_DISCONNECTED (Event)

Emitted when the connection is closed

Arguments

*server: VncServerInfo*
server information
*client: VncClientInfo*
client information

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "VNC_DISCONNECTED",
           "data": {
                 "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                             "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0" },
                 "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425",
                             "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } }

#+end_quote

If

CONFIG_VNC

INPUT

MouseInfo (Object)

Information about a mouse device.

Members

*name: string*
the name of the mouse device
*index: int*
the index of the mouse device
*current: boolean*
true if this device is currently receiving mouse events
*absolute: boolean*
true if this device supports absolute coordinates as input

Since

0.14

query-mice (Command)

Returns information about each active mouse device

Returns

a list of MouseInfo for each device

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-mice" }
      <- { "return": [
               {
                  "name":"QEMU Microsoft Mouse",
                  "index":0,
                  "current":false,
                  "absolute":false
               },
               {
                  "name":"QEMU PS/2 Mouse",
                  "index":1,
                  "current":true,
                  "absolute":true
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

QKeyCode (Enum)

An enumeration of key name.

This is used by the send-key command.

Values

unmapped
since 2.0
pause
since 2.0
ro
since 2.4
kp_comma
since 2.4
kp_equals
since 2.6
power
since 2.6
hiragana
since 2.9
henkan
since 2.9
yen
since 2.9
sleep
since 2.10
wake
since 2.10
audionext
since 2.10
audioprev
since 2.10
audiostop
since 2.10
audioplay
since 2.10
audiomute
since 2.10
volumeup
since 2.10
volumedown
since 2.10
mediaselect
since 2.10
mail
since 2.10
calculator
since 2.10
computer
since 2.10
ac_home
since 2.10
ac_back
since 2.10
ac_forward
since 2.10
ac_refresh
since 2.10
ac_bookmarks
since 2.10
muhenkan
since 2.12
katakanahiragana
since 2.12
lang1
since 6.1
lang2
since 6.1
shift
Not documented
shift_r
Not documented
alt
Not documented
alt_r
Not documented
ctrl
Not documented
ctrl_r
Not documented
menu
Not documented
esc
Not documented
1
Not documented
2
Not documented
3
Not documented
4
Not documented
5
Not documented
6
Not documented
7
Not documented
8
Not documented
9
Not documented
0
Not documented
minus
Not documented
equal
Not documented
backspace
Not documented
tab
Not documented
q
Not documented
w
Not documented
e
Not documented
r
Not documented
t
Not documented
y
Not documented
u
Not documented
i
Not documented
o
Not documented
p
Not documented
bracket_left
Not documented
bracket_right
Not documented
ret
Not documented
a
Not documented
s
Not documented
d
Not documented
f
Not documented
g
Not documented
h
Not documented
j
Not documented
k
Not documented
l
Not documented
semicolon
Not documented
apostrophe
Not documented
grave_accent
Not documented
backslash
Not documented
z
Not documented
x
Not documented
c
Not documented
v
Not documented
b
Not documented
n
Not documented
m
Not documented
comma
Not documented
dot
Not documented
slash
Not documented
asterisk
Not documented
spc
Not documented
caps_lock
Not documented
f1
Not documented
f2
Not documented
f3
Not documented
f4
Not documented
f5
Not documented
f6
Not documented
f7
Not documented
f8
Not documented
f9
Not documented
f10
Not documented
num_lock
Not documented
scroll_lock
Not documented
kp_divide
Not documented
kp_multiply
Not documented
kp_subtract
Not documented
kp_add
Not documented
kp_enter
Not documented
kp_decimal
Not documented
sysrq
Not documented
kp_0
Not documented
kp_1
Not documented
kp_2
Not documented
kp_3
Not documented
kp_4
Not documented
kp_5
Not documented
kp_6
Not documented
kp_7
Not documented
kp_8
Not documented
kp_9
Not documented
less
Not documented
f11
Not documented
f12
Not documented
print
Not documented
home
Not documented
pgup
Not documented
pgdn
Not documented
end
Not documented
left
Not documented
up
Not documented
down
Not documented
right
Not documented
insert
Not documented
delete
Not documented
stop
Not documented
again
Not documented
props
Not documented
undo
Not documented
front
Not documented
copy
Not documented
open
Not documented
paste
Not documented
find
Not documented
cut
Not documented
lf
Not documented
help
Not documented
meta_l
Not documented
meta_r
Not documented
compose
Not documented

’sysrq’ was mistakenly added to hack around the fact that the ps2 driver was not generating correct scancodes sequences when ’alt+print’ was pressed. This flaw is now fixed and the ’sysrq’ key serves no further purpose. Any further use of ’sysrq’ will be transparently changed to ’print’, so they are effectively synonyms.

Since

1.3

KeyValueKind (Enum)

Values

number
Not documented
qcode
Not documented

Since

1.3

IntWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: int*
Not documented

Since

1.3

QKeyCodeWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: QKeyCode*
Not documented

Since

1.3

KeyValue (Object)

Represents a keyboard key.

Members

*type: KeyValueKind*
Not documented
The members of *IntWrapper when type is “number”*
The members of *QKeyCodeWrapper when type is “qcode”*

Since

1.3

send-key (Command)

Send keys to guest.

Arguments

*keys: array of KeyValue*
An array of KeyValue elements. All KeyValues in this array are simultaneously sent to the guest. A KeyValue.number value is sent directly to the guest, while KeyValue.qcode must be a valid QKeyCode value
*hold-time: int (optional)*
time to delay key up events, milliseconds. Defaults to 100

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If key is unknown or redundant, InvalidParameter

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "send-key",
           "arguments": { "keys": [ { "type": "qcode", "data": "ctrl" },
                                    { "type": "qcode", "data": "alt" },
                                    { "type": "qcode", "data": "delete" } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

InputButton (Enum)

Button of a pointer input device (mouse, tablet).

Values

side
front side button of a 5-button mouse (since 2.9)
extra
rear side button of a 5-button mouse (since 2.9)
left
Not documented
middle
Not documented
right
Not documented
wheel-up
Not documented
wheel-down
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputAxis (Enum)

Position axis of a pointer input device (mouse, tablet).

Values

x
Not documented
y
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputKeyEvent (Object)

Keyboard input event.

Members

*key: KeyValue*
Which key this event is for.
*down: boolean*
True for key-down and false for key-up events.

Since

2.0

InputBtnEvent (Object)

Pointer button input event.

Members

*button: InputButton*
Which button this event is for.
*down: boolean*
True for key-down and false for key-up events.

Since

2.0

InputMoveEvent (Object)

Pointer motion input event.

Members

*axis: InputAxis*
Which axis is referenced by value.
*value: int*
Pointer position. For absolute coordinates the valid range is 0 -> 0x7ffff

Since

2.0

InputEventKind (Enum)

Values

key
Not documented
btn
Not documented
rel
Not documented
abs
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputKeyEventWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: InputKeyEvent*
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputBtnEventWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: InputBtnEvent*
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputMoveEventWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: InputMoveEvent*
Not documented

Since

2.0

InputEvent (Object)

Input event union.

Members

*type: InputEventKind*
the input type, one of:
  • ’key’: Input event of Keyboard
  • ’btn’: Input event of pointer buttons
  • ’rel’: Input event of relative pointer motion
  • ’abs’: Input event of absolute pointer motion
The members of *InputKeyEventWrapper when type is “key”*
The members of *InputBtnEventWrapper when type is “btn”*
The members of *InputMoveEventWrapper when type is “rel”*
The members of *InputMoveEventWrapper when type is “abs”*

Since

2.0

input-send-event (Command)

Send input event(s) to guest.

The device and head parameters can be used to send the input event to specific input devices in case (a) multiple input devices of the same kind are added to the virtual machine and (b) you have configured input routing (see docs/multiseat.txt) for those input devices. The parameters work exactly like the device and head properties of input devices. If device is missing, only devices that have no input routing config are admissible. If device is specified, both input devices with and without input routing config are admissible, but devices with input routing config take precedence.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
display device to send event(s) to.
*head: int (optional)*
head to send event(s) to, in case the display device supports multiple scanouts.
*events: array of InputEvent*
List of InputEvent union.

Returns

Nothing on success.

Since

2.6

Note

The consoles are visible in the qom tree, under /backend/console[$index]. They have a device link and head property, so it is possible to map which console belongs to which device and display.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Press left mouse button.

      -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
          "arguments": { "device": "video0",
                         "events": [ { "type": "btn",
                         "data" : { "down": true, "button": "left" } } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
          "arguments": { "device": "video0",
                         "events": [ { "type": "btn",
                         "data" : { "down": false, "button": "left" } } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2. Press ctrl-alt-del.

      -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
           "arguments": { "events": [
              { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "ctrl" } } },
              { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "alt" } } },
              { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "delete" } } } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      3. Move mouse pointer to absolute coordinates (20000, 400).

      -> { "execute": "input-send-event" ,
        "arguments": { "events": [
                     { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "x", "value" : 20000 } },
                     { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "y", "value" : 400 } } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DisplayGTK (Object)

GTK display options.

Members

*grab-on-hover: boolean (optional)*
Grab keyboard input on mouse hover.
*zoom-to-fit: boolean (optional)*
Zoom guest display to fit into the host window. When turned off the host window will be resized instead. In case the display device can notify the guest on window resizes (virtio-gpu) this will default to “on”, assuming the guest will resize the display to match the window size then. Otherwise it defaults to “off”. Since 3.1

Since

2.12

DisplayEGLHeadless (Object)

EGL headless display options.

Members

*rendernode: string (optional)*
Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the first available node on the host.

Since

3.1

DisplayGLMode (Enum)

Display OpenGL mode.

Values

off
Disable OpenGL (default).
on
Use OpenGL, pick context type automatically. Would better be named ’auto’ but is called ’on’ for backward compatibility with bool type.
core
Use OpenGL with Core (desktop) Context.
es
Use OpenGL with ES (embedded systems) Context.

Since

3.0

DisplayCurses (Object)

Curses display options.

Members

*charset: string (optional)*
Font charset used by guest (default: CP437).

Since

4.0

DisplayType (Enum)

Display (user interface) type.

Values

default
The default user interface, selecting from the first available of gtk, sdl, cocoa, and vnc.
none
No user interface or video output display. The guest will still see an emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU user.
gtk (If: CONFIG_GTK)
The GTK user interface.
sdl (If: CONFIG_SDL)
The SDL user interface.
egl-headless (If: CONFIG_OPENGL and CONFIG_GBM)
No user interface, offload GL operations to a local DRI device. Graphical display need to be paired with VNC or Spice. (Since 3.1)
curses (If: CONFIG_CURSES)
Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
cocoa (If: CONFIG_COCOA)
The Cocoa user interface.
spice-app (If: CONFIG_SPICE)
Set up a Spice server and run the default associated application to connect to it. The server will redirect the serial console and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)

Since

2.12

DisplayOptions (Object)

Display (user interface) options.

Members

*type: DisplayType*
Which DisplayType qemu should use.
*full-screen: boolean (optional)*
Start user interface in fullscreen mode (default: off).
*window-close: boolean (optional)*
Allow to quit qemu with window close button (default: on).
*show-cursor: boolean (optional)*
Force showing the mouse cursor (default: off). (since: 5.0)
*gl: DisplayGLMode (optional)*
Enable OpenGL support (default: off).
(no term)
The members of DisplayGTK when type is “gtk” (If: CONFIG_GTK) ::
(no term)
The members of DisplayCurses when type is “curses” (If: CONFIG_CURSES) ::
(no term)
The members of DisplayEGLHeadless when type is “egl-headless” (If: CONFIG_OPENGL and CONFIG_GBM) ::

Since

2.12

query-display-options (Command)

Returns information about display configuration

Returns

DisplayOptions

Since

3.1

DisplayReloadType (Enum)

Available DisplayReload types.

Values

vnc
VNC display

Since

6.0

DisplayReloadOptionsVNC (Object)

Specify the VNC reload options.

Members

*tls-certs: boolean (optional)*
reload tls certs or not.

Since

6.0

DisplayReloadOptions (Object)

Options of the display configuration reload.

Members

*type: DisplayReloadType*
Specify the display type.
(no term)
The members of *DisplayReloadOptionsVNC when type is “vnc”* ::

Since

6.0

display-reload (Command)

Reload display configuration.

Arguments

The members of DisplayReloadOptions

Returns

Nothing on success.

Since

6.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "display-reload",
           "arguments": { "type": "vnc", "tls-certs": true  } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

USER AUTHORIZATION

QAuthZListPolicy (Enum)

The authorization policy result

Values

deny
deny access
allow
allow access

Since

4.0

QAuthZListFormat (Enum)

The authorization policy match format

Values

exact
an exact string match
glob
string with ? and * shell wildcard support

Since

4.0

QAuthZListRule (Object)

A single authorization rule.

Members

*match: string*
a string or glob to match against a user identity
*policy: QAuthZListPolicy*
the result to return if match evaluates to true
*format: QAuthZListFormat (optional)*
the format of the match rule (default ’exact’)

Since

4.0

AuthZListProperties (Object)

Properties for authz-list objects.

Members

*policy: QAuthZListPolicy (optional)*
Default policy to apply when no rule matches (default: deny)
*rules: array of QAuthZListRule (optional)*
Authorization rules based on matching user

Since

4.0

AuthZListFileProperties (Object)

Properties for authz-listfile objects.

Members

*filename: string*
File name to load the configuration from. The file must contain valid JSON for AuthZListProperties.
*refresh: boolean (optional)*
If true, inotify is used to monitor the file, automatically reloading changes. If an error occurs during reloading, all authorizations will fail until the file is next successfully loaded. (default: true if the binary was built with CONFIG_INOTIFY1, false otherwise)

Since

4.0

AuthZPAMProperties (Object)

Properties for authz-pam objects.

Members

*service: string*
PAM service name to use for authorization

Since

4.0

AuthZSimpleProperties (Object)

Properties for authz-simple objects.

Members

*identity: string*
Identifies the allowed user. Its format depends on the network service that authorization object is associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must be the x509 distinguished name.

Since

4.0

MIGRATION

MigrationStats (Object)

Detailed migration status.

Members

*transferred: int*
amount of bytes already transferred to the target VM
*remaining: int*
amount of bytes remaining to be transferred to the target VM
*total: int*
total amount of bytes involved in the migration process
*duplicate: int*
number of duplicate (zero) pages (since 1.2)
*skipped: int*
number of skipped zero pages (since 1.5)
*normal: int*
number of normal pages (since 1.2)
*normal-bytes: int*
number of normal bytes sent (since 1.2)
*dirty-pages-rate: int*
number of pages dirtied by second by the guest (since 1.3)
*mbps: number*
throughput in megabits/sec. (since 1.6)
*dirty-sync-count: int*
number of times that dirty ram was synchronized (since 2.1)
*postcopy-requests: int*
The number of page requests received from the destination (since 2.7)
*page-size: int*
The number of bytes per page for the various page-based statistics (since 2.10)
*multifd-bytes: int*
The number of bytes sent through multifd (since 3.0)
*pages-per-second: int*
the number of memory pages transferred per second (Since 4.0)

Since

0.14

XBZRLECacheStats (Object)

Detailed XBZRLE migration cache statistics

Members

*cache-size: int*
XBZRLE cache size
*bytes: int*
amount of bytes already transferred to the target VM
*pages: int*
amount of pages transferred to the target VM
*cache-miss: int*
number of cache miss
*cache-miss-rate: number*
rate of cache miss (since 2.1)
*encoding-rate: number*
rate of encoded bytes (since 5.1)
*overflow: int*
number of overflows

Since

1.2

CompressionStats (Object)

Detailed migration compression statistics

Members

*pages: int*
amount of pages compressed and transferred to the target VM
*busy: int*
count of times that no free thread was available to compress data
*busy-rate: number*
rate of thread busy
*compressed-size: int*
amount of bytes after compression
*compression-rate: number*
rate of compressed size

Since

3.1

MigrationStatus (Enum)

An enumeration of migration status.

Values

none
no migration has ever happened.
setup
migration process has been initiated.
cancelling
in the process of cancelling migration.
cancelled
cancelling migration is finished.
active
in the process of doing migration.
postcopy-active
like active, but now in postcopy mode. (since 2.5)
postcopy-paused
during postcopy but paused. (since 3.0)
postcopy-recover
trying to recover from a paused postcopy. (since 3.0)
completed
migration is finished.
failed
some error occurred during migration process.
colo
VM is in the process of fault tolerance, VM can not get into this state unless colo capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8)
pre-switchover
Paused before device serialisation. (since 2.11)
device
During device serialisation when pause-before-switchover is enabled (since 2.11)
wait-unplug
wait for device unplug request by guest OS to be completed. (since 4.2)

Since

2.3

VfioStats (Object)

Detailed VFIO devices migration statistics

Members

*transferred: int*
amount of bytes transferred to the target VM by VFIO devices

Since

5.2

MigrationInfo (Object)

Information about current migration process.

Members

*status: MigrationStatus (optional)*
MigrationStatus describing the current migration status. If this field is not returned, no migration process has been initiated
*ram: MigrationStats (optional)*
MigrationStats containing detailed migration status, only returned if status is ’active’ or ’completed’(since 1.2)
*disk: MigrationStats (optional)*
MigrationStats containing detailed disk migration status, only returned if status is ’active’ and it is a block migration
(no term)
*xbzrle-cache: XBZRLECacheStats (optional)* :: XBZRLECacheStats containing detailed XBZRLE migration statistics, only returned if XBZRLE feature is on and status is ’active’ or ’completed’ (since 1.2)
*total-time: int (optional)*
total amount of milliseconds since migration started. If migration has ended, it returns the total migration time. (since 1.2)
*downtime: int (optional)*
only present when migration finishes correctly total downtime in milliseconds for the guest. (since 1.3)
*expected-downtime: int (optional)*
only present while migration is active expected downtime in milliseconds for the guest in last walk of the dirty bitmap. (since 1.3)
*setup-time: int (optional)*
amount of setup time in milliseconds before the iterations begin but after the QMP command is issued. This is designed to provide an accounting of any activities (such as RDMA pinning) which may be expensive, but do not actually occur during the iterative migration rounds themselves. (since 1.6)
*cpu-throttle-percentage: int (optional)*
percentage of time guest cpus are being throttled during auto-converge. This is only present when auto-converge has started throttling guest cpus. (Since 2.7)
*error-desc: string (optional)*
the human readable error description string, when status is ’failed’. Clients should not attempt to parse the error strings. (Since 2.7)
*postcopy-blocktime: int (optional)*
total time when all vCPU were blocked during postcopy live migration. This is only present when the postcopy-blocktime migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0)
*postcopy-vcpu-blocktime: array of int (optional)*
list of the postcopy blocktime per vCPU. This is only present when the postcopy-blocktime migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0)
*compression: CompressionStats (optional)*
migration compression statistics, only returned if compression feature is on and status is ’active’ or ’completed’ (Since 3.1)
*socket-address: array of SocketAddress (optional)*
Only used for tcp, to know what the real port is (Since 4.0)
*vfio: VfioStats (optional)*
VfioStats containing detailed VFIO devices migration statistics, only returned if VFIO device is present, migration is supported by all VFIO devices and status is ’active’ or ’completed’ (since 5.2)
*blocked-reasons: array of string (optional)*
A list of reasons an outgoing migration is blocked. Present and non-empty when migration is blocked. (since 6.0)

Since

0.14

query-migrate (Command)

Returns information about current migration process. If migration is active there will be another json-object with RAM migration status and if block migration is active another one with block migration status.

Returns

MigrationInfo

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Before the first migration

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- { "return": {} }

      2. Migration is done and has succeeded

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- { "return": {
              "status": "completed",
              "total-time":12345,
              "setup-time":12345,
              "downtime":12345,
              "ram":{
                "transferred":123,
                "remaining":123,
                "total":246,
                "duplicate":123,
                "normal":123,
                "normal-bytes":123456,
                "dirty-sync-count":15
              }
           }
         }

      3. Migration is done and has failed

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- { "return": { "status": "failed" } }

      4. Migration is being performed and is not a block migration:

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- {
            "return":{
               "status":"active",
               "total-time":12345,
               "setup-time":12345,
               "expected-downtime":12345,
               "ram":{
                  "transferred":123,
                  "remaining":123,
                  "total":246,
                  "duplicate":123,
                  "normal":123,
                  "normal-bytes":123456,
                  "dirty-sync-count":15
               }
            }
         }

      5. Migration is being performed and is a block migration:

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- {
            "return":{
               "status":"active",
               "total-time":12345,
               "setup-time":12345,
               "expected-downtime":12345,
               "ram":{
                  "total":1057024,
                  "remaining":1053304,
                  "transferred":3720,
                  "duplicate":123,
                  "normal":123,
                  "normal-bytes":123456,
                  "dirty-sync-count":15
               },
               "disk":{
                  "total":20971520,
                  "remaining":20880384,
                  "transferred":91136
               }
            }
         }

      6. Migration is being performed and XBZRLE is active:

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
      <- {
            "return":{
               "status":"active",
               "total-time":12345,
               "setup-time":12345,
               "expected-downtime":12345,
               "ram":{
                  "total":1057024,
                  "remaining":1053304,
                  "transferred":3720,
                  "duplicate":10,
                  "normal":3333,
                  "normal-bytes":3412992,
                  "dirty-sync-count":15
               },
               "xbzrle-cache":{
                  "cache-size":67108864,
                  "bytes":20971520,
                  "pages":2444343,
                  "cache-miss":2244,
                  "cache-miss-rate":0.123,
                  "encoding-rate":80.1,
                  "overflow":34434
               }
            }
         }

#+end_quote

MigrationCapability (Enum)

Migration capabilities enumeration

Values

xbzrle
Migration supports xbzrle (Xor Based Zero Run Length Encoding). This feature allows us to minimize migration traffic for certain work loads, by sending compressed difference of the pages
rdma-pin-all
Controls whether or not the entire VM memory footprint is mlock()’d on demand or all at once. Refer to docs/rdma.txt for usage. Disabled by default. (since 2.0)
zero-blocks
During storage migration encode blocks of zeroes efficiently. This essentially saves 1MB of zeroes per block on the wire. Enabling requires source and target VM to support this feature. To enable it is sufficient to enable the capability on the source VM. The feature is disabled by default. (since 1.6)
compress
Use multiple compression threads to accelerate live migration. This feature can help to reduce the migration traffic, by sending compressed pages. Please note that if compress and xbzrle are both on, compress only takes effect in the ram bulk stage, after that, it will be disabled and only xbzrle takes effect, this can help to minimize migration traffic. The feature is disabled by default. (since 2.4 )
events
generate events for each migration state change (since 2.4 )
auto-converge
If enabled, QEMU will automatically throttle down the guest to speed up convergence of RAM migration. (since 1.6)
postcopy-ram
Start executing on the migration target before all of RAM has been migrated, pulling the remaining pages along as needed. The capacity must have the same setting on both source and target or migration will not even start. NOTE: If the migration fails during postcopy the VM will fail. (since 2.6)
x-colo
If enabled, migration will never end, and the state of the VM on the primary side will be migrated continuously to the VM on secondary side, this process is called COarse-Grain LOck Stepping (COLO) for Non-stop Service. (since 2.8)
release-ram
if enabled, qemu will free the migrated ram pages on the source during postcopy-ram migration. (since 2.9)
block
If enabled, QEMU will also migrate the contents of all block devices. Default is disabled. A possible alternative uses mirror jobs to a builtin NBD server on the destination, which offers more flexibility. (Since 2.10)
return-path
If enabled, migration will use the return path even for precopy. (since 2.10)
pause-before-switchover
Pause outgoing migration before serialising device state and before disabling block IO (since 2.11)
multifd
Use more than one fd for migration (since 4.0)
dirty-bitmaps
If enabled, QEMU will migrate named dirty bitmaps. (since 2.12)
postcopy-blocktime
Calculate downtime for postcopy live migration (since 3.0)
late-block-activate
If enabled, the destination will not activate block devices (and thus take locks) immediately at the end of migration. (since 3.0)
x-ignore-shared
If enabled, QEMU will not migrate shared memory (since 4.0)
validate-uuid
Send the UUID of the source to allow the destination to ensure it is the same. (since 4.2)
background-snapshot
If enabled, the migration stream will be a snapshot of the VM exactly at the point when the migration procedure starts. The VM RAM is saved with running VM. (since 6.0)

Features

unstable
Members x-colo and x-ignore-shared are experimental.

Since

1.2

MigrationCapabilityStatus (Object)

Migration capability information

Members

*capability: MigrationCapability*
capability enum
*state: boolean*
capability state bool

Since

1.2

migrate-set-capabilities (Command)

Enable/Disable the following migration capabilities (like xbzrle)

Arguments

*capabilities: array of MigrationCapabilityStatus*
json array of capability modifications to make

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-set-capabilities" , "arguments":
           { "capabilities": [ { "capability": "xbzrle", "state": true } ] } }

#+end_quote

query-migrate-capabilities (Command)

Returns information about the current migration capabilities status

Returns

MigrationCapabilitiesStatus

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate-capabilities" }
      <- { "return": [
            {"state": false, "capability": "xbzrle"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "rdma-pin-all"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "auto-converge"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "zero-blocks"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "compress"},
            {"state": true, "capability": "events"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "postcopy-ram"},
            {"state": false, "capability": "x-colo"}
         ]}

#+end_quote

MultiFDCompression (Enum)

An enumeration of multifd compression methods.

Values

none
no compression.
zlib
use zlib compression method.
zstd (If: CONFIG_ZSTD)
use zstd compression method.

Since

5.0

BitmapMigrationBitmapAliasTransform (Object)

Members

*persistent: boolean (optional)*
If present, the bitmap will be made persistent or transient depending on this parameter.

Since

6.0

BitmapMigrationBitmapAlias (Object)

Members

*name: string*
The name of the bitmap.
*alias: string*
An alias name for migration (for example the bitmap name on the opposite site).
(no term)
*transform: BitmapMigrationBitmapAliasTransform (optional)* :: Allows the modification of the migrated bitmap. (since 6.0)

Since

5.2

BitmapMigrationNodeAlias (Object)

Maps a block node name and the bitmaps it has to aliases for dirty bitmap migration.

Members

*node-name: string*
A block node name.
*alias: string*
An alias block node name for migration (for example the node name on the opposite site).
*bitmaps: array of BitmapMigrationBitmapAlias*
Mappings for the bitmaps on this node.

Since

5.2

MigrationParameter (Enum)

Migration parameters enumeration

Values

announce-initial
Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)
announce-max
Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
announce-rounds
Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)
announce-step
Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
compress-level
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU.
compress-threads
Set compression thread count to be used in live migration, the compression thread count is an integer between 1 and 255.
compress-wait-thread
Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1)
decompress-threads
Set decompression thread count to be used in live migration, the decompression thread count is an integer between 1 and 255. Usually, decompression is at least 4 times as fast as compression, so set the decompress-threads to the number about 1/4 of compress-threads is adequate.
throttle-trigger-threshold
The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0)
cpu-throttle-initial
Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. The default value is 20. (Since 2.7)
cpu-throttle-increment
throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7)
cpu-throttle-tailslow
Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU percentage while the cpu-throttle -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one specified by cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won’t be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since 5.1)
tls-creds
ID of the ’tls-creds’ object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials must be for a ’client’ endpoint, while for the incoming side the credentials must be for a ’server’ endpoint. Setting this will enable TLS for all migrations. The default is unset, resulting in unsecured migration at the QEMU level. (Since 2.7)
tls-hostname
hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the server’s x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7)
tls-authz
ID of the ’authz’ object subclass that provides access control checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the migration server is active. If missing, it will default to denying access (Since 4.0)
max-bandwidth
to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)
downtime-limit
set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8)
x-checkpoint-delay
The delay time (in ms) between two COLO checkpoints in periodic mode. (Since 2.8)
block-incremental
Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10)
multifd-channels
Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0)
xbzrle-cache-size
cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)
max-postcopy-bandwidth
Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. (Since 3.0)
max-cpu-throttle
maximum cpu throttle percentage. Defaults to 99. (Since 3.1)
multifd-compression
Which compression method to use. Defaults to none. (Since 5.0)
multifd-zlib-level
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
multifd-zstd-level
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
block-bitmap-mapping
Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2)

Features

unstable
Member x-checkpoint-delay is experimental.

Since

2.4

MigrateSetParameters (Object)

Members

*announce-initial: int (optional)*
Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)
*announce-max: int (optional)*
Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
*announce-rounds: int (optional)*
Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)
*announce-step: int (optional)*
Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
*compress-level: int (optional)*
compression level
*compress-threads: int (optional)*
compression thread count
*compress-wait-thread: boolean (optional)*
Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1)
*decompress-threads: int (optional)*
decompression thread count
*throttle-trigger-threshold: int (optional)*
The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0)
*cpu-throttle-initial: int (optional)*
Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. The default value is 20. (Since 2.7)
*cpu-throttle-increment: int (optional)*
throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7)
*cpu-throttle-tailslow: boolean (optional)*
Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU percentage while the cpu-throttle -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one specified by cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won’t be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since 5.1)
*tls-creds: StrOrNull (optional)*
ID of the ’tls-creds’ object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials must be for a ’client’ endpoint, while for the incoming side the credentials must be for a ’server’ endpoint. Setting this to a non-empty string enables TLS for all migrations. An empty string means that QEMU will use plain text mode for migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.9) Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting tls-creds instead.
*tls-hostname: StrOrNull (optional)*
hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the server’s x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means that QEMU will use the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9) Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting tls-hostname instead.
*max-bandwidth: int (optional)*
to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)
*downtime-limit: int (optional)*
set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8)
*x-checkpoint-delay: int (optional)*
the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8)
*block-incremental: boolean (optional)*
Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10)
*multifd-channels: int (optional)*
Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0)
*xbzrle-cache-size: int (optional)*
cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)
*max-postcopy-bandwidth: int (optional)*
Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. (Since 3.0)
*max-cpu-throttle: int (optional)*
maximum cpu throttle percentage. The default value is 99. (Since 3.1)
*multifd-compression: MultiFDCompression (optional)*
Which compression method to use. Defaults to none. (Since 5.0)
*multifd-zlib-level: int (optional)*
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
*multifd-zstd-level: int (optional)*
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
(no term)
*block-bitmap-mapping: array of BitmapMigrationNodeAlias (optional)* :: Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2)
*tls-authz: StrOrNull (optional)*
Not documented

Features

unstable
Member x-checkpoint-delay is experimental.

Since

2.4

migrate-set-parameters (Command)

Set various migration parameters.

Arguments

The members of MigrateSetParameters

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-set-parameters" ,
           "arguments": { "compress-level": 1 } }

#+end_quote

MigrationParameters (Object)

The optional members aren’t actually optional.

Members

*announce-initial: int (optional)*
Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)
*announce-max: int (optional)*
Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
*announce-rounds: int (optional)*
Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)
*announce-step: int (optional)*
Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)
*compress-level: int (optional)*
compression level
*compress-threads: int (optional)*
compression thread count
*compress-wait-thread: boolean (optional)*
Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1)
*decompress-threads: int (optional)*
decompression thread count
*throttle-trigger-threshold: int (optional)*
The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0)
*cpu-throttle-initial: int (optional)*
Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. (Since 2.7)
*cpu-throttle-increment: int (optional)*
throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. (Since 2.7)
*cpu-throttle-tailslow: boolean (optional)*
Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU percentage while the cpu-throttle -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one specified by cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won’t be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since 5.1)
*tls-creds: string (optional)*
ID of the ’tls-creds’ object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials must be for a ’client’ endpoint, while for the incoming side the credentials must be for a ’server’ endpoint. An empty string means that QEMU will use plain text mode for migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.7) Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-creds instead.
*tls-hostname: string (optional)*
hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the server’s x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means that QEMU will use the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9) Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-hostname instead.
*tls-authz: string (optional)*
ID of the ’authz’ object subclass that provides access control checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. (Since 4.0)
*max-bandwidth: int (optional)*
to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)
*downtime-limit: int (optional)*
set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8)
*x-checkpoint-delay: int (optional)*
the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8)
*block-incremental: boolean (optional)*
Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10)
*multifd-channels: int (optional)*
Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0)
*xbzrle-cache-size: int (optional)*
cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)
*max-postcopy-bandwidth: int (optional)*
Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. (Since 3.0)
*max-cpu-throttle: int (optional)*
maximum cpu throttle percentage. Defaults to 99. (Since 3.1)
*multifd-compression: MultiFDCompression (optional)*
Which compression method to use. Defaults to none. (Since 5.0)
*multifd-zlib-level: int (optional)*
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
*multifd-zstd-level: int (optional)*
Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0)
(no term)
*block-bitmap-mapping: array of BitmapMigrationNodeAlias (optional)* :: Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2)

Features

unstable
Member x-checkpoint-delay is experimental.

Since

2.4

query-migrate-parameters (Command)

Returns information about the current migration parameters

Returns

MigrationParameters

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-migrate-parameters" }
      <- { "return": {
               "decompress-threads": 2,
               "cpu-throttle-increment": 10,
               "compress-threads": 8,
               "compress-level": 1,
               "cpu-throttle-initial": 20,
               "max-bandwidth": 33554432,
               "downtime-limit": 300
            }
         }

#+end_quote

client_migrate_info (Command)

Set migration information for remote display. This makes the server ask the client to automatically reconnect using the new parameters once migration finished successfully. Only implemented for SPICE.

Arguments

*protocol: string*
must be “spice”
*hostname: string*
migration target hostname
*port: int (optional)*
spice tcp port for plaintext channels
*tls-port: int (optional)*
spice tcp port for tls-secured channels
*cert-subject: string (optional)*
server certificate subject

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "client_migrate_info",
           "arguments": { "protocol": "spice",
                          "hostname": "virt42.lab.kraxel.org",
                          "port": 1234 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

migrate-start-postcopy (Command)

Followup to a migration command to switch the migration to postcopy mode. The postcopy-ram capability must be set on both source and destination before the original migration command.

Since

2.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-start-postcopy" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

MIGRATION (Event)

Emitted when a migration event happens

Arguments

*status: MigrationStatus*
MigrationStatus describing the current migration status.

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- {"timestamp": {"seconds": 1432121972, "microseconds": 744001},
          "event": "MIGRATION",
          "data": {"status": "completed"} }

#+end_quote

MIGRATION_PASS (Event)

Emitted from the source side of a migration at the start of each pass (when it syncs the dirty bitmap)

Arguments

*pass: int*
An incrementing count (starting at 1 on the first pass)

Since

2.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1449669631, "microseconds": 239225},
        "event": "MIGRATION_PASS", "data": {"pass": 2} }

#+end_quote

COLOMessage (Enum)

The message transmission between Primary side and Secondary side.

Values

checkpoint-ready
Secondary VM (SVM) is ready for checkpointing
checkpoint-request
Primary VM (PVM) tells SVM to prepare for checkpointing
checkpoint-reply
SVM gets PVM’s checkpoint request
vmstate-send
VM’s state will be sent by PVM.
vmstate-size
The total size of VMstate.
vmstate-received
VM’s state has been received by SVM.
vmstate-loaded
VM’s state has been loaded by SVM.

Since

2.8

COLOMode (Enum)

The COLO current mode.

Values

none
COLO is disabled.
primary
COLO node in primary side.
secondary
COLO node in slave side.

Since

2.8

FailoverStatus (Enum)

An enumeration of COLO failover status

Values

none
no failover has ever happened
require
got failover requirement but not handled
active
in the process of doing failover
completed
finish the process of failover
relaunch
restart the failover process, from ’none’ -> ’completed’ (Since 2.9)

Since

2.8

COLO_EXIT (Event)

Emitted when VM finishes COLO mode due to some errors happening or at the request of users.

Arguments

*mode: COLOMode*
report COLO mode when COLO exited.
*reason: COLOExitReason*
describes the reason for the COLO exit.

Since

3.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 2032141960, "microseconds": 417172},
           "event": "COLO_EXIT", "data": {"mode": "primary", "reason": "request" } }

#+end_quote

COLOExitReason (Enum)

The reason for a COLO exit.

Values

none
failover has never happened. This state does not occur in the COLO_EXIT event, and is only visible in the result of query-colo-status.
request
COLO exit is due to an external request.
error
COLO exit is due to an internal error.
processing
COLO is currently handling a failover (since 4.0).

Since

3.1

x-colo-lost-heartbeat (Command)

Tell qemu that heartbeat is lost, request it to do takeover procedures. If this command is sent to the PVM, the Primary side will exit COLO mode. If sent to the Secondary, the Secondary side will run failover work, then takes over server operation to become the service VM.

Features

unstable
This command is experimental.

Since

2.8

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "x-colo-lost-heartbeat" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

migrate_cancel (Command)

Cancel the current executing migration process.

Returns

nothing on success

Notes

This command succeeds even if there is no migration process running.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate_cancel" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

migrate-continue (Command)

Continue migration when it’s in a paused state.

Arguments

*state: MigrationStatus*
The state the migration is currently expected to be in

Returns

nothing on success

Since

2.11

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-continue" , "arguments":
           { "state": "pre-switchover" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

migrate (Command)

Migrates the current running guest to another Virtual Machine.

Arguments

*uri: string*
the Uniform Resource Identifier of the destination VM
*blk: boolean (optional)*
do block migration (full disk copy)
*inc: boolean (optional)*
incremental disk copy migration
*detach: boolean (optional)*
this argument exists only for compatibility reasons and is ignored by QEMU
*resume: boolean (optional)*
resume one paused migration, default “off”. (since 3.0)

Returns

nothing on success

Since

0.14

Notes

  1. The ’query-migrate’ command should be used to check migration’s progress and final result (this information is provided by the ’status’ member)
  2. All boolean arguments default to false
  3. The user Monitor’s “detach” argument is invalid in QMP and should not be used

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate", "arguments": { "uri": "tcp:0:4446" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

migrate-incoming (Command)

Start an incoming migration, the qemu must have been started with -incoming defer

Arguments

*uri: string*
The Uniform Resource Identifier identifying the source or address to listen on

Returns

nothing on success

Since

2.3

Notes

  1. It’s a bad idea to use a string for the uri, but it needs to stay compatible with -incoming and the format of the uri is already exposed above libvirt.
  2. QEMU must be started with -incoming defer to allow migrate-incoming to be used.
  3. The uri format is the same as for -incoming

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-incoming",
           "arguments": { "uri": "tcp::4446" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

xen-save-devices-state (Command)

Save the state of all devices to file. The RAM and the block devices of the VM are not saved by this command.

Arguments

*filename: string*
the file to save the state of the devices to as binary data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary format.
*live: boolean (optional)*
Optional argument to ask QEMU to treat this command as part of a live migration. Default to true. (since 2.11)

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "xen-save-devices-state",
           "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/save" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

xen-set-global-dirty-log (Command)

Enable or disable the global dirty log mode.

Arguments

*enable: boolean*
true to enable, false to disable.

Returns

nothing

Since

1.3

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "xen-set-global-dirty-log",
           "arguments": { "enable": true } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

xen-load-devices-state (Command)

Load the state of all devices from file. The RAM and the block devices of the VM are not loaded by this command.

Arguments

*filename: string*
the file to load the state of the devices from as binary data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary format.

Since

2.7

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "xen-load-devices-state",
           "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/resume" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

xen-set-replication (Command)

Enable or disable replication.

Arguments

*enable: boolean*
true to enable, false to disable.
*primary: boolean*
true for primary or false for secondary.
*failover: boolean (optional)*
true to do failover, false to stop. but cannot be specified if ’enable’ is true. default value is false.

Returns

nothing.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "xen-set-replication",
           "arguments": {"enable": true, "primary": false} }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

ReplicationStatus (Object)

The result format for ’query-xen-replication-status’.

Members

*error: boolean*
true if an error happened, false if replication is normal.
*desc: string (optional)*
the human readable error description string, when error is ’true’.

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

query-xen-replication-status (Command)

Query replication status while the vm is running.

Returns

A ReplicationResult object showing the status.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-xen-replication-status" }
      <- { "return": { "error": false } }

#+end_quote

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

xen-colo-do-checkpoint (Command)

Xen uses this command to notify replication to trigger a checkpoint.

Returns

nothing.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "xen-colo-do-checkpoint" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

2.9

If

CONFIG_REPLICATION

COLOStatus (Object)

The result format for ’query-colo-status’.

Members

*mode: COLOMode*
COLO running mode. If COLO is running, this field will return ’primary’ or ’secondary’.
*last-mode: COLOMode*
COLO last running mode. If COLO is running, this field will return same like mode field, after failover we can use this field to get last colo mode. (since 4.0)
*reason: COLOExitReason*
describes the reason for the COLO exit.

Since

3.1

query-colo-status (Command)

Query COLO status while the vm is running.

Returns

A COLOStatus object showing the status.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-colo-status" }
      <- { "return": { "mode": "primary", "reason": "request" } }

#+end_quote

Since

3.1

migrate-recover (Command)

Provide a recovery migration stream URI.

Arguments

*uri: string*
the URI to be used for the recovery of migration stream.

Returns

nothing.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-recover",
           "arguments": { "uri": "tcp:192.168.1.200:12345" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

3.0

migrate-pause (Command)

Pause a migration. Currently it only supports postcopy.

Returns

nothing.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "migrate-pause" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

3.0

UNPLUG_PRIMARY (Event)

Emitted from source side of a migration when migration state is WAIT_UNPLUG. Device was unplugged by guest operating system. Device resources in QEMU are kept on standby to be able to re-plug it in case of migration failure.

Arguments

*device-id: string*
QEMU device id of the unplugged device

Since

4.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      {"event": "UNPLUG_PRIMARY", "data": {"device-id": "hostdev0"} }

#+end_quote

DirtyRateVcpu (Object)

Dirty rate of vcpu.

Members

*id: int*
vcpu index.
*dirty-rate: int*
dirty rate.

Since

6.2

DirtyRateStatus (Enum)

An enumeration of dirtyrate status.

Values

unstarted
the dirtyrate thread has not been started.
measuring
the dirtyrate thread is measuring.
measured
the dirtyrate thread has measured and results are available.

Since

5.2

DirtyRateMeasureMode (Enum)

An enumeration of mode of measuring dirtyrate.

Values

page-sampling
calculate dirtyrate by sampling pages.
dirty-ring
calculate dirtyrate by dirty ring.
dirty-bitmap
calculate dirtyrate by dirty bitmap.

Since

6.2

DirtyRateInfo (Object)

Information about current dirty page rate of vm.

Members

*dirty-rate: int (optional)*
an estimate of the dirty page rate of the VM in units of MB/s, present only when estimating the rate has completed.
*status: DirtyRateStatus*
status containing dirtyrate query status includes ’unstarted’ or ’measuring’ or ’measured’
*start-time: int*
start time in units of second for calculation
*calc-time: int*
time in units of second for sample dirty pages
*sample-pages: int*
page count per GB for sample dirty pages the default value is 512 (since 6.1)
*mode: DirtyRateMeasureMode*
mode containing method of calculate dirtyrate includes ’page-sampling’ and ’dirty-ring’ (Since 6.2)
(no term)
*vcpu-dirty-rate: array of DirtyRateVcpu (optional)* :: dirtyrate for each vcpu if dirty-ring mode specified (Since 6.2)

Since

5.2

calc-dirty-rate (Command)

start calculating dirty page rate for vm

Arguments

*calc-time: int*
time in units of second for sample dirty pages
*sample-pages: int (optional)*
page count per GB for sample dirty pages the default value is 512 (since 6.1)
*mode: DirtyRateMeasureMode (optional)*
mechanism of calculating dirtyrate includes ’page-sampling’ and ’dirty-ring’ (Since 6.1)

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      {"command": "calc-dirty-rate", "data": {"calc-time": 1,
                                                'sample-pages': 512} }

#+end_quote

query-dirty-rate (Command)

query dirty page rate in units of MB/s for vm

Since

5.2

snapshot-save (Command)

Save a VM snapshot

Arguments

*job-id: string*
identifier for the newly created job
*tag: string*
name of the snapshot to create
*vmstate: string*
block device node name to save vmstate to
*devices: array of string*
list of block device node names to save a snapshot to

Applications should not assume that the snapshot save is complete when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise.

Note that execution of the guest CPUs may be stopped during the time it takes to save the snapshot. A future version of QEMU may ensure CPUs are executing continuously.

It is strongly recommended that devices contain all writable block device nodes if a consistent snapshot is required.

If tag already exists, an error will be reported

Returns

nothing

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "snapshot-save",
           "data": {
              "job-id": "snapsave0",
              "tag": "my-snap",
              "vmstate": "disk0",
              "devices": ["disk0", "disk1"]
           }
         }
      <- { "return": { } }
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "created", "id": "snapsave0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "running", "id": "snapsave0"}}
      <- {"event": "STOP"}
      <- {"event": "RESUME"}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "waiting", "id": "snapsave0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "pending", "id": "snapsave0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "concluded", "id": "snapsave0"}}
      -> {"execute": "query-jobs"}
      <- {"return": [{"current-progress": 1,
                      "status": "concluded",
                      "total-progress": 1,
                      "type": "snapshot-save",
                      "id": "snapsave0"}]}

#+end_quote

Since

6.0

snapshot-load (Command)

Load a VM snapshot

Arguments

*job-id: string*
identifier for the newly created job
*tag: string*
name of the snapshot to load.
*vmstate: string*
block device node name to load vmstate from
*devices: array of string*
list of block device node names to load a snapshot from

Applications should not assume that the snapshot load is complete when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise.

Note that execution of the guest CPUs will be stopped during the time it takes to load the snapshot.

It is strongly recommended that devices contain all writable block device nodes that can have changed since the original snapshot-save command execution.

Returns

nothing

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "snapshot-load",
           "data": {
              "job-id": "snapload0",
              "tag": "my-snap",
              "vmstate": "disk0",
              "devices": ["disk0", "disk1"]
           }
         }
      <- { "return": { } }
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "created", "id": "snapload0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "running", "id": "snapload0"}}
      <- {"event": "STOP"}
      <- {"event": "RESUME"}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "waiting", "id": "snapload0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "pending", "id": "snapload0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "concluded", "id": "snapload0"}}
      -> {"execute": "query-jobs"}
      <- {"return": [{"current-progress": 1,
                      "status": "concluded",
                      "total-progress": 1,
                      "type": "snapshot-load",
                      "id": "snapload0"}]}

#+end_quote

Since

6.0

snapshot-delete (Command)

Delete a VM snapshot

Arguments

*job-id: string*
identifier for the newly created job
*tag: string*
name of the snapshot to delete.
*devices: array of string*
list of block device node names to delete a snapshot from

Applications should not assume that the snapshot delete is complete when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise.

Returns

nothing

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "snapshot-delete",
           "data": {
              "job-id": "snapdelete0",
              "tag": "my-snap",
              "devices": ["disk0", "disk1"]
           }
         }
      <- { "return": { } }
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "created", "id": "snapdelete0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "running", "id": "snapdelete0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "waiting", "id": "snapdelete0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "pending", "id": "snapdelete0"}}
      <- {"event": "JOB_STATUS_CHANGE",
          "data": {"status": "concluded", "id": "snapdelete0"}}
      -> {"execute": "query-jobs"}
      <- {"return": [{"current-progress": 1,
                      "status": "concluded",
                      "total-progress": 1,
                      "type": "snapshot-delete",
                      "id": "snapdelete0"}]}

#+end_quote

Since

6.0

TRANSACTIONS

Abort (Object)

This action can be used to test transaction failure.

Since

1.6

ActionCompletionMode (Enum)

An enumeration of Transactional completion modes.

Values

individual
Do not attempt to cancel any other Actions if any Actions fail after the Transaction request succeeds. All Actions that can complete successfully will do so without waiting on others. This is the default.
grouped
If any Action fails after the Transaction succeeds, cancel all Actions. Actions do not complete until all Actions are ready to complete. May be rejected by Actions that do not support this completion mode.

Since

2.5

TransactionActionKind (Enum)

Values

abort
Since 1.6
block-dirty-bitmap-add
Since 2.5
block-dirty-bitmap-remove
Since 4.2
block-dirty-bitmap-clear
Since 2.5
block-dirty-bitmap-enable
Since 4.0
block-dirty-bitmap-disable
Since 4.0
block-dirty-bitmap-merge
Since 4.0
blockdev-backup
Since 2.3
blockdev-snapshot
Since 2.5
blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync
Since 1.7
blockdev-snapshot-sync
since 1.1
drive-backup
Since 1.6

Features

deprecated
Member drive-backup is deprecated. Use member blockdev-backup instead.

Since

1.1

AbortWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: Abort*
Not documented

Since

1.6

BlockDirtyBitmapAddWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockDirtyBitmapAdd*
Not documented

Since

2.5

BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockDirtyBitmap*
Not documented

Since

2.5

BlockDirtyBitmapMergeWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockDirtyBitmapMerge*
Not documented

Since

4.0

BlockdevBackupWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockdevBackup*
Not documented

Since

2.3

BlockdevSnapshotWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockdevSnapshot*
Not documented

Since

2.5

BlockdevSnapshotInternalWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockdevSnapshotInternal*
Not documented

Since

1.7

BlockdevSnapshotSyncWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: BlockdevSnapshotSync*
Not documented

Since

1.1

DriveBackupWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: DriveBackup*
Not documented

Since

1.6

TransactionAction (Object)

A discriminated record of operations that can be performed with transaction.

Members

*type: TransactionActionKind*
Not documented
The members of *AbortWrapper when type is “abort”*
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapAddWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-add”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-remove”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-clear”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-enable”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-disable”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockDirtyBitmapMergeWrapper when type is “block-dirty-bitmap-merge”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevBackupWrapper when type is “blockdev-backup”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevSnapshotWrapper when type is “blockdev-snapshot”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevSnapshotInternalWrapper when type is “blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync”* ::
(no term)
The members of *BlockdevSnapshotSyncWrapper when type is “blockdev-snapshot-sync”* ::
(no term)
The members of *DriveBackupWrapper when type is “drive-backup”* ::

Since

1.1

TransactionProperties (Object)

Optional arguments to modify the behavior of a Transaction.

Members

*completion-mode: ActionCompletionMode (optional)*
Controls how jobs launched asynchronously by Actions will complete or fail as a group. See ActionCompletionMode for details.

Since

2.5

transaction (Command)

Executes a number of transactionable QMP commands atomically. If any operation fails, then the entire set of actions will be abandoned and the appropriate error returned.

For external snapshots, the dictionary contains the device, the file to use for the new snapshot, and the format. The default format, if not specified, is qcow2.

Each new snapshot defaults to being created by QEMU (wiping any contents if the file already exists), but it is also possible to reuse an externally-created file. In the latter case, you should ensure that the new image file has the same contents as the current one; QEMU cannot perform any meaningful check. Typically this is achieved by using the current image file as the backing file for the new image.

On failure, the original disks pre-snapshot attempt will be used.

For internal snapshots, the dictionary contains the device and the snapshot’s name. If an internal snapshot matching name already exists, the request will be rejected. Only some image formats support it, for example, qcow2, and rbd,

On failure, qemu will try delete the newly created internal snapshot in the transaction. When an I/O error occurs during deletion, the user needs to fix it later with qemu-img or other command.

Arguments

*actions: array of TransactionAction*
List of TransactionAction; information needed for the respective operations.
*properties: TransactionProperties (optional)*
structure of additional options to control the execution of the transaction. See TransactionProperties for additional detail.

Returns

nothing on success

Errors depend on the operations of the transaction

Note

The transaction aborts on the first failure. Therefore, there will be information on only one failed operation returned in an error condition, and subsequent actions will not have been attempted.

Since

1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "transaction",
           "arguments": { "actions": [
               { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                           "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image",
                                           "format": "qcow2" } },
               { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "node-name": "myfile",
                                           "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image2",
                                           "snapshot-node-name": "node3432",
                                           "mode": "existing",
                                           "format": "qcow2" } },
               { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "device": "ide-hd1",
                                           "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image2",
                                           "mode": "existing",
                                           "format": "qcow2" } },
               { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync", "data" : {
                                           "device": "ide-hd2",
                                           "name": "snapshot0" } } ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

TRACING

TraceEventState (Enum)

State of a tracing event.

Values

unavailable
The event is statically disabled.
disabled
The event is dynamically disabled.
enabled
The event is dynamically enabled.

Since

2.2

TraceEventInfo (Object)

Information of a tracing event.

Members

*name: string*
Event name.
*state: TraceEventState*
Tracing state.
*vcpu: boolean*
Whether this is a per-vCPU event (since 2.7).

An event is per-vCPU if it has the “vcpu” property in the “trace-events” files.

Since

2.2

trace-event-get-state (Command)

Query the state of events.

Arguments

*name: string*
Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob).
*vcpu: int (optional)*
The vCPU to query (any by default; since 2.7).

Returns

a list of TraceEventInfo for the matching events

An event is returned if:

  • its name matches the name pattern, and
  • if vcpu is given, the event has the “vcpu” property.

Therefore, if vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, returning their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if name is an exact match, vcpu is given and the event does not have the “vcpu” property, an error is returned.

Since

2.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "trace-event-get-state",
           "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign" } }
      <- { "return": [ { "name": "qemu_memalign", "state": "disabled" } ] }

#+end_quote

trace-event-set-state (Command)

Set the dynamic tracing state of events.

Arguments

*name: string*
Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob).
*enable: boolean*
Whether to enable tracing.
*ignore-unavailable: boolean (optional)*
Do not match unavailable events with name.
*vcpu: int (optional)*
The vCPU to act upon (all by default; since 2.7).

An event’s state is modified if: - its name matches the name pattern, and - if vcpu is given, the event has the “vcpu” property.

Therefore, if vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, setting their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if name is an exact match, vcpu is given and the event does not have the “vcpu” property, an error is returned.

Since

2.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "trace-event-set-state",
           "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign", "enable": true } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

COMPATIBILITY POLICY

CompatPolicyInput (Enum)

Policy for handling “funny” input.

Values

accept
Accept silently
reject
Reject with an error
crash
abort() the process

Since

6.0

CompatPolicyOutput (Enum)

Policy for handling “funny” output.

Values

accept
Pass on unchanged
hide
Filter out

Since

6.0

CompatPolicy (Object)

Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces.

This is intended for testing users of the management interfaces.

Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP, i.e. stuff tagged with feature ’deprecated’. We may want to extend it to cover semantic aspects, CLI, and experimental features.

Limitation: deprecated-output policy hide is not implemented for enumeration values. They behave the same as with policy accept.

Members

*deprecated-input: CompatPolicyInput (optional)*
how to handle deprecated input (default ’accept’)
*deprecated-output: CompatPolicyOutput (optional)*
how to handle deprecated output (default ’accept’)
*unstable-input: CompatPolicyInput (optional)*
how to handle unstable input (default ’accept’) (since 6.2)
*unstable-output: CompatPolicyOutput (optional)*
how to handle unstable output (default ’accept’) (since 6.2)

Since

6.0

QMP MONITOR CONTROL

qmp_capabilities (Command)

Enable QMP capabilities.

Arguments:

Arguments

*enable: array of QMPCapability (optional)*
An optional list of QMPCapability values to enable. The client must not enable any capability that is not mentioned in the QMP greeting message. If the field is not provided, it means no QMP capabilities will be enabled. (since 2.12)

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "qmp_capabilities",
           "arguments": { "enable": [ "oob" ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Notes

This command is valid exactly when first connecting: it must be issued before any other command will be accepted, and will fail once the monitor is accepting other commands. (see qemu docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt)

The QMP client needs to explicitly enable QMP capabilities, otherwise all the QMP capabilities will be turned off by default.

Since

0.13

QMPCapability (Enum)

Enumeration of capabilities to be advertised during initial client connection, used for agreeing on particular QMP extension behaviors.

Values

oob
QMP ability to support out-of-band requests. (Please refer to qmp-spec.txt for more information on OOB)

Since

2.12

VersionTriple (Object)

A three-part version number.

Members

*major: int*
The major version number.
*minor: int*
The minor version number.
*micro: int*
The micro version number.

Since

2.4

VersionInfo (Object)

A description of QEMU’s version.

Members

*qemu: VersionTriple*
The version of QEMU. By current convention, a micro version of 50 signifies a development branch. A micro version greater than or equal to 90 signifies a release candidate for the next minor version. A micro version of less than 50 signifies a stable release.
*package: string*
QEMU will always set this field to an empty string. Downstream versions of QEMU should set this to a non-empty string. The exact format depends on the downstream however it highly recommended that a unique name is used.

Since

0.14

query-version (Command)

Returns the current version of QEMU.

Returns

A VersionInfo object describing the current version of QEMU.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-version" }
      <- {
            "return":{
               "qemu":{
                  "major":0,
                  "minor":11,
                  "micro":5
               },
               "package":""
            }
         }

#+end_quote

CommandInfo (Object)

Information about a QMP command

Members

*name: string*
The command name

Since

0.14

query-commands (Command)

Return a list of supported QMP commands by this server

Returns

A list of CommandInfo for all supported commands

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-commands" }
      <- {
           "return":[
              {
                 "name":"query-balloon"
              },
              {
                 "name":"system_powerdown"
              }
           ]
         }

#+end_quote

Note

This example has been shortened as the real response is too long.

quit (Command)

This command will cause the QEMU process to exit gracefully. While every attempt is made to send the QMP response before terminating, this is not guaranteed. When using this interface, a premature EOF would not be unexpected.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "quit" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

MonitorMode (Enum)

An enumeration of monitor modes.

Values

readline
HMP monitor (human-oriented command line interface)
control
QMP monitor (JSON-based machine interface)

Since

5.0

MonitorOptions (Object)

Options to be used for adding a new monitor.

Members

*id: string (optional)*
Name of the monitor
*mode: MonitorMode (optional)*
Selects the monitor mode (default: readline in the system emulator, control in qemu-storage-daemon)
*pretty: boolean (optional)*
Enables pretty printing (QMP only)
*chardev: string*
Name of a character device to expose the monitor on

Since

5.0

QMP INTROSPECTION

query-qmp-schema (Command)

Command query-qmp-schema exposes the QMP wire ABI as an array of SchemaInfo. This lets QMP clients figure out what commands and events are available in this QEMU, and their parameters and results.

However, the SchemaInfo can’t reflect all the rules and restrictions that apply to QMP. It’s interface introspection (figuring out what’s there), not interface specification. The specification is in the QAPI schema.

Furthermore, while we strive to keep the QMP wire format backwards-compatible across qemu versions, the introspection output is not guaranteed to have the same stability. For example, one version of qemu may list an object member as an optional non-variant, while another lists the same member only through the object’s variants; or the type of a member may change from a generic string into a specific enum or from one specific type into an alternate that includes the original type alongside something else.

Returns

array of SchemaInfo, where each element describes an entity in the ABI: command, event, type, …

The order of the various SchemaInfo is unspecified; however, all names are guaranteed to be unique (no name will be duplicated with different meta-types).

Note

the QAPI schema is also used to help define internal interfaces, by defining QAPI types. These are not part of the QMP wire ABI, and therefore not returned by this command.

Since

2.5

SchemaMetaType (Enum)

This is a SchemaInfo’s meta type, i.e. the kind of entity it describes.

Values

builtin
a predefined type such as ’int’ or ’bool’.
enum
an enumeration type
array
an array type
object
an object type (struct or union)
alternate
an alternate type
command
a QMP command
event
a QMP event

Since

2.5

SchemaInfo (Object)

Members

*name: string*
the entity’s name, inherited from base. The SchemaInfo is always referenced by this name. Commands and events have the name defined in the QAPI schema. Unlike command and event names, type names are not part of the wire ABI. Consequently, type names are meaningless strings here, although they are still guaranteed unique regardless of meta-type.
*meta-type: SchemaMetaType*
the entity’s meta type, inherited from base.
*features: array of string (optional)*
names of features associated with the entity, in no particular order. (since 4.1 for object types, 4.2 for commands, 5.0 for the rest)
(no term)
The members of *SchemaInfoBuiltin when meta-type is “builtin”* ::
The members of *SchemaInfoEnum when meta-type is “enum”*
The members of *SchemaInfoArray when meta-type is “array”*
(no term)
The members of *SchemaInfoObject when meta-type is “object”* ::
(no term)
The members of *SchemaInfoAlternate when meta-type is “alternate”* ::
(no term)
The members of *SchemaInfoCommand when meta-type is “command”* ::
The members of *SchemaInfoEvent when meta-type is “event”*

Additional members depend on the value of meta-type.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoBuiltin (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’builtin’.

Members

*json-type: JSONType*
the JSON type used for this type on the wire.

Since

2.5

JSONType (Enum)

The four primitive and two structured types according to RFC 8259 section 1, plus ’int’ (split off ’number’), plus the obvious top type ’value’.

Values

string
Not documented
number
Not documented
int
Not documented
boolean
Not documented
null
Not documented
object
Not documented
array
Not documented
value
Not documented

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoEnum (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’enum’.

Members

*members: array of SchemaInfoEnumMember*
the enum type’s members, in no particular order (since 6.2).
*values: array of string*
the enumeration type’s member names, in no particular order. Redundant with members. Just for backward compatibility.

Features

deprecated
Member values is deprecated. Use members instead.

Values of this type are JSON string on the wire.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoEnumMember (Object)

An object member.

Members

*name: string*
the member’s name, as defined in the QAPI schema.
*features: array of string (optional)*
names of features associated with the member, in no particular order.

Since

6.2

SchemaInfoArray (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’array’.

Members

*element-type: string*
the array type’s element type.

Values of this type are JSON array on the wire.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoObject (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’object’.

Members

*members: array of SchemaInfoObjectMember*
the object type’s (non-variant) members, in no particular order.
*tag: string (optional)*
the name of the member serving as type tag. An element of members with this name must exist.
(no term)
*variants: array of SchemaInfoObjectVariant (optional)* :: variant members, i.e. additional members that depend on the type tag’s value. Present exactly when tag is present. The variants are in no particular order, and may even differ from the order of the values of the enum type of the tag.

Values of this type are JSON object on the wire.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoObjectMember (Object)

An object member.

Members

*name: string*
the member’s name, as defined in the QAPI schema.
*type: string*
the name of the member’s type.
*default: value (optional)*
default when used as command parameter. If absent, the parameter is mandatory. If present, the value must be null. The parameter is optional, and behavior when it’s missing is not specified here. Future extension: if present and non-null, the parameter is optional, and defaults to this value.
*features: array of string (optional)*
names of features associated with the member, in no particular order. (since 5.0)

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoObjectVariant (Object)

The variant members for a value of the type tag.

Members

*case: string*
a value of the type tag.
*type: string*
the name of the object type that provides the variant members when the type tag has value case.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoAlternate (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’alternate’.

Members

*members: array of SchemaInfoAlternateMember*
the alternate type’s members, in no particular order. The members’ wire encoding is distinct, see docs/devel/qapi-code-gen.txt section Alternate types.

On the wire, this can be any of the members.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoAlternateMember (Object)

An alternate member.

Members

*type: string*
the name of the member’s type.

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoCommand (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’command’.

Members

*arg-type: string*
the name of the object type that provides the command’s parameters.
*ret-type: string*
the name of the command’s result type.
*allow-oob: boolean (optional)*
whether the command allows out-of-band execution, defaults to false (Since: 2.12)

TODO

success-response (currently irrelevant, because it’s QGA, not QMP)

Since

2.5

SchemaInfoEvent (Object)

Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type ’event’.

Members

*arg-type: string*
the name of the object type that provides the event’s parameters.

Since

2.5

QEMU OBJECT MODEL (QOM)

ObjectPropertyInfo (Object)

Members

*name: string*
the name of the property
*type: string*
the type of the property. This will typically come in one of four forms:
  1. A primitive type such as ’u8’, ’u16’, ’bool’, ’str’, or ’double’. These types are mapped to the appropriate JSON type.
  2. A child type in the form ’child<subtype>’ where subtype is a qdev device type name. Child properties create the composition tree.
  3. A link type in the form ’link<subtype>’ where subtype is a qdev device type name. Link properties form the device model graph.
*description: string (optional)*
if specified, the description of the property.
*default-value: value (optional)*
the default value, if any (since 5.0)

Since

1.2

qom-list (Command)

This command will list any properties of a object given a path in the object model.

Arguments

*path: string*
the path within the object model. See qom-get for a description of this parameter.

Returns

a list of ObjectPropertyInfo that describe the properties of the object.

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "qom-list",
           "arguments": { "path": "/chardevs" } }
      <- { "return": [ { "name": "type", "type": "string" },
                       { "name": "parallel0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" },
                       { "name": "serial0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" },
                       { "name": "mon0", "type": "child<chardev-stdio>" } ] }

#+end_quote

qom-get (Command)

This command will get a property from a object model path and return the value.

Arguments

*path: string*
The path within the object model. There are two forms of supported paths–absolute and partial paths.

Absolute paths are derived from the root object and can follow child<> or link<> properties. Since they can follow link<> properties, they can be arbitrarily long. Absolute paths look like absolute filenames and are prefixed with a leading slash.

Partial paths look like relative filenames. They do not begin with a prefix. The matching rules for partial paths are subtle but designed to make specifying objects easy. At each level of the composition tree, the partial path is matched as an absolute path. The first match is not returned. At least two matches are searched for. A successful result is only returned if only one match is found. If more than one match is found, a flag is return to indicate that the match was ambiguous.

*property: string*
The property name to read

Returns

The property value. The type depends on the property type. child<> and link<> properties are returned as #str pathnames. All integer property types (u8, u16, etc) are returned as #int.

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      1. Use absolute path

      -> { "execute": "qom-get",
           "arguments": { "path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                          "property": "hotplugged" } }
      <- { "return": false }

      2. Use partial path

      -> { "execute": "qom-get",
           "arguments": { "path": "unattached/sysbus",
                          "property": "type" } }
      <- { "return": "System" }

#+end_quote

qom-set (Command)

This command will set a property from a object model path.

Arguments

*path: string*
see qom-get for a description of this parameter
*property: string*
the property name to set
*value: value*
a value who’s type is appropriate for the property type. See qom-get for a description of type mapping.

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "qom-set",
           "arguments": { "path": "/machine",
                          "property": "graphics",
                          "value": false } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

ObjectTypeInfo (Object)

This structure describes a search result from qom-list-types

Members

*name: string*
the type name found in the search
*abstract: boolean (optional)*
the type is abstract and can’t be directly instantiated. Omitted if false. (since 2.10)
*parent: string (optional)*
Name of parent type, if any (since 2.10)

Since

1.1

qom-list-types (Command)

This command will return a list of types given search parameters

Arguments

*implements: string (optional)*
if specified, only return types that implement this type name
*abstract: boolean (optional)*
if true, include abstract types in the results

Returns

a list of ObjectTypeInfo or an empty list if no results are found

Since

1.1

qom-list-properties (Command)

List properties associated with a QOM object.

Arguments

*typename: string*
the type name of an object

Note

objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe links between different devices and/or objects. These properties are not included in the output of this command.

Returns

a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing object properties

Since

2.12

CanHostSocketcanProperties (Object)

Properties for can-host-socketcan objects.

Members

*if: string*
interface name of the host system CAN bus to connect to
*canbus: string*
object ID of the can-bus object to connect to the host interface

Since

2.12

ColoCompareProperties (Object)

Properties for colo-compare objects.

Members

*primary_in: string*
name of the character device backend to use for the primary input (incoming packets are redirected to outdev)
*secondary_in: string*
name of the character device backend to use for secondary input (incoming packets are only compared to the input on primary_in and then dropped)
*outdev: string*
name of the character device backend to use for output
*iothread: string*
name of the iothread to run in
*notify_dev: string (optional)*
name of the character device backend to be used to communicate with the remote colo-frame (only for Xen COLO)
*compare_timeout: int (optional)*
the maximum time to hold a packet from primary_in for comparison with an incoming packet on secondary_in in milliseconds (default: 3000)
*expired_scan_cycle: int (optional)*
the interval at which colo-compare checks whether packets from primary have timed out, in milliseconds (default: 3000)
*max_queue_size: int (optional)*
the maximum number of packets to keep in the queue for comparing with incoming packets from secondary_in. If the queue is full and additional packets are received, the additional packets are dropped. (default: 1024)
*vnet_hdr_support: boolean (optional)*
if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false)

Since

2.8

CryptodevBackendProperties (Object)

Properties for cryptodev-backend and cryptodev-backend-builtin objects.

Members

*queues: int (optional)*
the number of queues for the cryptodev backend. Ignored for cryptodev-backend and must be 1 for cryptodev-backend-builtin. (default: 1)

Since

2.8

CryptodevVhostUserProperties (Object)

Properties for cryptodev-vhost-user objects.

Members

*chardev: string*
the name of a Unix domain socket character device that connects to the vhost-user server
The members of CryptodevBackendProperties

Since

2.12

DBusVMStateProperties (Object)

Properties for dbus-vmstate objects.

Members

*addr: string*
the name of the DBus bus to connect to
*id-list: string (optional)*
a comma separated list of DBus IDs of helpers whose data should be included in the VM state on migration

Since

5.0

NetfilterInsert (Enum)

Indicates where to insert a netfilter relative to a given other filter.

Values

before
insert before the specified filter
behind
insert behind the specified filter

Since

5.0

NetfilterProperties (Object)

Properties for objects of classes derived from netfilter.

Members

*netdev: string*
id of the network device backend to filter
*queue: NetFilterDirection (optional)*
indicates which queue(s) to filter (default: all)
*status: string (optional)*
indicates whether the filter is enabled (“on”) or disabled (“off”) (default: “on”)
*position: string (optional)*
specifies where the filter should be inserted in the filter list. “head” means the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list, before any existing filters. “tail” means the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, behind any existing filters (default). “id=<id>” means the filter is inserted before or behind the filter specified by <id>, depending on the insert property. (default: “tail”)
*insert: NetfilterInsert (optional)*
where to insert the filter relative to the filter given in position. Ignored if position is “head” or “tail”. (default: behind)

Since

2.5

FilterBufferProperties (Object)

Properties for filter-buffer objects.

Members

*interval: int*
a non-zero interval in microseconds. All packets arriving in the given interval are delayed until the end of the interval.
The members of NetfilterProperties

Since

2.5

FilterDumpProperties (Object)

Properties for filter-dump objects.

Members

*file: string*
the filename where the dumped packets should be stored
*maxlen: int (optional)*
maximum number of bytes in a packet that are stored (default: 65536)
The members of NetfilterProperties

Since

2.5

FilterMirrorProperties (Object)

Properties for filter-mirror objects.

Members

*outdev: string*
the name of a character device backend to which all incoming packets are mirrored
*vnet_hdr_support: boolean (optional)*
if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false)
The members of NetfilterProperties

Since

2.6

FilterRedirectorProperties (Object)

Properties for filter-redirector objects.

At least one of indev or outdev must be present. If both are present, they must not refer to the same character device backend.

Members

*indev: string (optional)*
the name of a character device backend from which packets are received and redirected to the filtered network device
*outdev: string (optional)*
the name of a character device backend to which all incoming packets are redirected
*vnet_hdr_support: boolean (optional)*
if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false)
The members of NetfilterProperties

Since

2.6

FilterRewriterProperties (Object)

Properties for filter-rewriter objects.

Members

*vnet_hdr_support: boolean (optional)*
if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false)
The members of NetfilterProperties

Since

2.8

InputBarrierProperties (Object)

Properties for input-barrier objects.

Members

*name: string*
the screen name as declared in the screens section of barrier.conf
*server: string (optional)*
hostname of the Barrier server (default: “localhost”)
*port: string (optional)*
TCP port of the Barrier server (default: “24800”)
*x-origin: string (optional)*
x coordinate of the leftmost pixel on the guest screen (default: “0”)
*y-origin: string (optional)*
y coordinate of the topmost pixel on the guest screen (default: “0”)
*width: string (optional)*
the width of secondary screen in pixels (default: “1920”)
*height: string (optional)*
the height of secondary screen in pixels (default: “1080”)

Since

4.2

InputLinuxProperties (Object)

Properties for input-linux objects.

Members

*evdev: string*
the path of the host evdev device to use
*grab_all: boolean (optional)*
if true, grab is toggled for all devices (e.g. both keyboard and mouse) instead of just one device (default: false)
*repeat: boolean (optional)*
enables auto-repeat events (default: false)
*grab-toggle: GrabToggleKeys (optional)*
the key or key combination that toggles device grab (default: ctrl-ctrl)

Since

2.6

IothreadProperties (Object)

Properties for iothread objects.

Members

*poll-max-ns: int (optional)*
the maximum number of nanoseconds to busy wait for events. 0 means polling is disabled (default: 32768 on POSIX hosts, 0 otherwise)
*poll-grow: int (optional)*
the multiplier used to increase the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events due to not polling long enough. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0)
*poll-shrink: int (optional)*
the divisor used to decrease the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too long polling without encountering events. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0)
*aio-max-batch: int (optional)*
maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use its default (default:0, since 6.1)

Since

2.0

MemoryBackendProperties (Object)

Properties for objects of classes derived from memory-backend.

Members

*merge: boolean (optional)*
if true, mark the memory as mergeable (default depends on the machine type)
*dump: boolean (optional)*
if true, include the memory in core dumps (default depends on the machine type)
*host-nodes: array of int (optional)*
the list of NUMA host nodes to bind the memory to
*policy: HostMemPolicy (optional)*
the NUMA policy (default: ’default’)
*prealloc: boolean (optional)*
if true, preallocate memory (default: false)
*prealloc-threads: int (optional)*
number of CPU threads to use for prealloc (default: 1)
*share: boolean (optional)*
if false, the memory is private to QEMU; if true, it is shared (default: false)
*reserve: boolean (optional)*
if true, reserve swap space (or huge pages) if applicable (default: true) (since 6.1)
*size: int*
size of the memory region in bytes
*x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id: boolean (optional)*
if true, the canoncial path is used for ramblock-id. Disable this for 4.0 machine types or older to allow migration with newer QEMU versions. (default: false generally, but true for machine types <= 4.0)

Note

prealloc=true and reserve=false cannot be set at the same time. With reserve=true, the behavior depends on the operating system: for example, Linux will not reserve swap space for shared file mappings – “not applicable”. In contrast, reserve=false will bail out if it cannot be configured accordingly.

Since

2.1

MemoryBackendFileProperties (Object)

Properties for memory-backend-file objects.

Members

*align: int (optional)*
the base address alignment when QEMU mmap(2)s mem-path. Some backend stores specified by mem-path require an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, e.g. the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option. 0 selects a default alignment (currently the page size). (default: 0)
*discard-data: boolean (optional)*
if true, the file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that discard-data is only an optimization, and QEMU might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated using SIGKILL. (default: false)
*mem-path: string*
the path to either a shared memory or huge page filesystem mount
pmem: boolean (optional) (If: CONFIG_LIBPMEM)
specifies whether the backing file specified by mem-path is in host persistent memory that can be accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
*readonly: boolean (optional)*
if true, the backing file is opened read-only; if false, it is opened read-write. (default: false)
The members of MemoryBackendProperties

Since

2.1

MemoryBackendMemfdProperties (Object)

Properties for memory-backend-memfd objects.

The share boolean option is true by default with memfd.

Members

*hugetlb: boolean (optional)*
if true, the file to be created resides in the hugetlbfs filesystem (default: false)
*hugetlbsize: int (optional)*
the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system). 0 selects a default page size. This option is ignored if hugetlb is false. (default: 0)
*seal: boolean (optional)*
if true, create a sealed-file, which will block further resizing of the memory (default: true)
The members of MemoryBackendProperties

Since

2.12

MemoryBackendEpcProperties (Object)

Properties for memory-backend-epc objects.

The share boolean option is true by default with epc

The merge boolean option is false by default with epc

The dump boolean option is false by default with epc

Members

The members of MemoryBackendProperties

Since

6.2

PrManagerHelperProperties (Object)

Properties for pr-manager-helper objects.

Members

*path: string*
the path to a Unix domain socket for connecting to the external helper

Since

2.11

QtestProperties (Object)

Properties for qtest objects.

Members

*chardev: string*
the chardev to be used to receive qtest commands on.
*log: string (optional)*
the path to a log file

Since

6.0

RemoteObjectProperties (Object)

Properties for x-remote-object objects.

Members

*fd: string*
file descriptor name previously passed via ’getfd’ command
*devid: string*
the id of the device to be associated with the file descriptor

Since

6.0

RngProperties (Object)

Properties for objects of classes derived from rng.

Members

*opened: boolean (optional)*
if true, the device is opened immediately when applying this option and will probably fail when processing the next option. Don’t use; only provided for compatibility. (default: false)

Features

deprecated
Member opened is deprecated. Setting true doesn’t make sense, and false is already the default.

Since

1.3

RngEgdProperties (Object)

Properties for rng-egd objects.

Members

*chardev: string*
the name of a character device backend that provides the connection to the RNG daemon
The members of RngProperties

Since

1.3

RngRandomProperties (Object)

Properties for rng-random objects.

Members

*filename: string (optional)*
the filename of the device on the host to obtain entropy from (default: “/dev/urandom”)
The members of RngProperties

Since

1.3

SevGuestProperties (Object)

Properties for sev-guest objects.

Members

*sev-device: string (optional)*
SEV device to use (default: “/dev/sev”)
*dh-cert-file: string (optional)*
guest owners DH certificate (encoded with base64)
*session-file: string (optional)*
guest owners session parameters (encoded with base64)
*policy: int (optional)*
SEV policy value (default: 0x1)
*handle: int (optional)*
SEV firmware handle (default: 0)
*cbitpos: int (optional)*
C-bit location in page table entry (default: 0)
*reduced-phys-bits: int*
number of bits in physical addresses that become unavailable when SEV is enabled
*kernel-hashes: boolean (optional)*
if true, add hashes of kernel/initrd/cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured boot with -kernel (default: false) (since 6.2)

Since

2.12

ObjectType (Enum)

Values

authz-list
Not documented
authz-listfile
Not documented
authz-pam
Not documented
authz-simple
Not documented
can-bus
Not documented
can-host-socketcan (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
Not documented
colo-compare
Not documented
cryptodev-backend
Not documented
cryptodev-backend-builtin
Not documented
cryptodev-vhost-user (If: CONFIG_VHOST_CRYPTO)
Not documented
dbus-vmstate
Not documented
filter-buffer
Not documented
filter-dump
Not documented
filter-mirror
Not documented
filter-redirector
Not documented
filter-replay
Not documented
filter-rewriter
Not documented
input-barrier
Not documented
input-linux (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
Not documented
iothread
Not documented
memory-backend-epc (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
Not documented
memory-backend-file
Not documented
memory-backend-memfd (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
Not documented
memory-backend-ram
Not documented
pef-guest
Not documented
pr-manager-helper (If: CONFIG_LINUX)
Not documented
qtest
Not documented
rng-builtin
Not documented
rng-egd
Not documented
rng-random (If: CONFIG_POSIX)
Not documented
secret
Not documented
secret_keyring (If: CONFIG_SECRET_KEYRING)
Not documented
sev-guest
Not documented
s390-pv-guest
Not documented
throttle-group
Not documented
tls-creds-anon
Not documented
tls-creds-psk
Not documented
tls-creds-x509
Not documented
tls-cipher-suites
Not documented
x-remote-object
Not documented

Features

unstable
Member x-remote-object is experimental.

Since

6.0

ObjectOptions (Object)

Describes the options of a user creatable QOM object.

Members

*qom-type: ObjectType*
the class name for the object to be created
*id: string*
the name of the new object
(no term)
The members of *AuthZListProperties when qom-type is “authz-list”* ::
(no term)
The members of *AuthZListFileProperties when qom-type is “authz-listfile”* ::
(no term)
The members of *AuthZPAMProperties when qom-type is “authz-pam”* ::
(no term)
The members of *AuthZSimpleProperties when qom-type is “authz-simple”* ::
(no term)
The members of CanHostSocketcanProperties when qom-type is “can-host-socketcan” (If: CONFIG_LINUX) ::
(no term)
The members of *ColoCompareProperties when qom-type is “colo-compare”* ::
(no term)
The members of *CryptodevBackendProperties when qom-type is “cryptodev-backend”* ::
(no term)
The members of *CryptodevBackendProperties when qom-type is “cryptodev-backend-builtin”* ::
(no term)
The members of CryptodevVhostUserProperties when qom-type is “cryptodev-vhost-user” (If: CONFIG_VHOST_CRYPTO) ::
(no term)
The members of *DBusVMStateProperties when qom-type is “dbus-vmstate”* ::
(no term)
The members of *FilterBufferProperties when qom-type is “filter-buffer”* ::
(no term)
The members of *FilterDumpProperties when qom-type is “filter-dump”* ::
(no term)
The members of *FilterMirrorProperties when qom-type is “filter-mirror”* ::
(no term)
The members of *FilterRedirectorProperties when qom-type is “filter-redirector”* ::
(no term)
The members of *NetfilterProperties when qom-type is “filter-replay”* ::
(no term)
The members of *FilterRewriterProperties when qom-type is “filter-rewriter”* ::
(no term)
The members of *InputBarrierProperties when qom-type is “input-barrier”* ::
(no term)
The members of InputLinuxProperties when qom-type is “input-linux” (If: CONFIG_LINUX) ::
(no term)
The members of *IothreadProperties when qom-type is “iothread”* ::
(no term)
The members of MemoryBackendEpcProperties when qom-type is “memory-backend-epc” (If: CONFIG_LINUX) ::
(no term)
The members of *MemoryBackendFileProperties when qom-type is “memory-backend-file”* ::
(no term)
The members of MemoryBackendMemfdProperties when qom-type is “memory-backend-memfd” (If: CONFIG_LINUX) ::
(no term)
The members of *MemoryBackendProperties when qom-type is “memory-backend-ram”* ::
(no term)
The members of PrManagerHelperProperties when qom-type is “pr-manager-helper” (If: CONFIG_LINUX) ::
The members of *QtestProperties when qom-type is “qtest”*
(no term)
The members of *RngProperties when qom-type is “rng-builtin”* ::
(no term)
The members of *RngEgdProperties when qom-type is “rng-egd”* ::
(no term)
The members of RngRandomProperties when qom-type is “rng-random” (If: CONFIG_POSIX) ::
(no term)
The members of *SecretProperties when qom-type is “secret”* ::
(no term)
The members of SecretKeyringProperties when qom-type is “secret_keyring” (If: CONFIG_SECRET_KEYRING) ::
(no term)
The members of *SevGuestProperties when qom-type is “sev-guest”* ::
(no term)
The members of *ThrottleGroupProperties when qom-type is “throttle-group”* ::
(no term)
The members of *TlsCredsAnonProperties when qom-type is “tls-creds-anon”* ::
(no term)
The members of *TlsCredsPskProperties when qom-type is “tls-creds-psk”* ::
(no term)
The members of *TlsCredsX509Properties when qom-type is “tls-creds-x509”* ::
(no term)
The members of *TlsCredsProperties when qom-type is “tls-cipher-suites”* ::
(no term)
The members of *RemoteObjectProperties when qom-type is “x-remote-object”* ::

Since

6.0

object-add (Command)

Create a QOM object.

Arguments

The members of ObjectOptions

Returns

Nothing on success Error if qom-type is not a valid class name

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "object-add",
           "arguments": { "qom-type": "rng-random", "id": "rng1",
                          "filename": "/dev/hwrng" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

object-del (Command)

Remove a QOM object.

Arguments

*id: string*
the name of the QOM object to remove

Returns

Nothing on success Error if id is not a valid id for a QOM object

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "object-del", "arguments": { "id": "rng1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DEVICE INFRASTRUCTURE (QDEV)

device-list-properties (Command)

List properties associated with a device.

Arguments

*typename: string*
the type name of a device

Returns

a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing a devices properties

Note

objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe links between different devices and/or objects. These properties are not included in the output of this command.

Since

1.2

device_add (Command)

Add a device.

Arguments

*driver: string*
the name of the new device’s driver
*bus: string (optional)*
the device’s parent bus (device tree path)
*id: string (optional)*
the device’s ID, must be unique

Features

json-cli
If present, the “-device” command line option supports JSON syntax with a structure identical to the arguments of this command.

Notes

Additional arguments depend on the type.

  1. For detailed information about this command, please refer to the ’docs/qdev-device-use.txt’ file.
  2. It’s possible to list device properties by running QEMU with the “-device DEVICE,help” command-line argument, where DEVICE is the device’s name

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "device_add",
           "arguments": { "driver": "e1000", "id": "net1",
                          "bus": "pci.0",
                          "mac": "52:54:00:12:34:56" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

TODO

This command effectively bypasses QAPI completely due to its “additional arguments” business. It shouldn’t have been added to the schema in this form. It should be qapified properly, or replaced by a properly qapified command.

Since

0.13

device_del (Command)

Remove a device from a guest

Arguments

*id: string*
the device’s ID or QOM path

Returns

Nothing on success If id is not a valid device, DeviceNotFound

Notes

When this command completes, the device may not be removed from the guest. Hot removal is an operation that requires guest cooperation. This command merely requests that the guest begin the hot removal process. Completion of the device removal process is signaled with a DEVICE_DELETED event. Guest reset will automatically complete removal for all devices. If a guest-side error in the hot removal process is detected, the device will not be removed and a DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR event is sent. Some errors cannot be detected.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "device_del",
           "arguments": { "id": "net1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      -> { "execute": "device_del",
           "arguments": { "id": "/machine/peripheral-anon/device[0]" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

DEVICE_DELETED (Event)

Emitted whenever the device removal completion is acknowledged by the guest. At this point, it’s safe to reuse the specified device ID. Device removal can be initiated by the guest or by HMP/QMP commands.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
the device’s ID if it has one
*path: string*
the device’s QOM path

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "DEVICE_DELETED",
           "data": { "device": "virtio-net-pci-0",
                     "path": "/machine/peripheral/virtio-net-pci-0" },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR (Event)

Emitted when a device hot unplug fails due to a guest reported error.

Arguments

*device: string (optional)*
the device’s ID if it has one
*path: string*
the device’s QOM path

Since

6.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR"
           "data": { "device": "core1",
                     "path": "/machine/peripheral/core1" },
           },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1615570772, "microseconds": 202844 } }

#+end_quote

MACHINES

SysEmuTarget (Enum)

The comprehensive enumeration of QEMU system emulation (“softmmu”) targets. Run “./configure –help” in the project root directory, and look for the *-softmmu targets near the “–target-list” option. The individual target constants are not documented here, for the time being.

Values

rx
since 5.0
avr
since 5.1
aarch64
Not documented
alpha
Not documented
arm
Not documented
cris
Not documented
hppa
Not documented
i386
Not documented
m68k
Not documented
microblaze
Not documented
microblazeel
Not documented
mips
Not documented
mips64
Not documented
mips64el
Not documented
mipsel
Not documented
nios2
Not documented
or1k
Not documented
ppc
Not documented
ppc64
Not documented
riscv32
Not documented
riscv64
Not documented
s390x
Not documented
sh4
Not documented
sh4eb
Not documented
sparc
Not documented
sparc64
Not documented
tricore
Not documented
x86_64
Not documented
xtensa
Not documented
xtensaeb
Not documented

Notes

The resulting QMP strings can be appended to the “qemu-system-” prefix to produce the corresponding QEMU executable name. This is true even for “qemu-system-x86_64”.

Since

3.0

CpuS390State (Enum)

An enumeration of cpu states that can be assumed by a virtual S390 CPU

Values

uninitialized
Not documented
stopped
Not documented
check-stop
Not documented
operating
Not documented
load
Not documented

Since

2.12

CpuInfoS390 (Object)

Additional information about a virtual S390 CPU

Members

*cpu-state: CpuS390State*
the virtual CPU’s state

Since

2.12

CpuInfoFast (Object)

Information about a virtual CPU

Members

*cpu-index: int*
index of the virtual CPU
*qom-path: string*
path to the CPU object in the QOM tree
*thread-id: int*
ID of the underlying host thread
*props: CpuInstanceProperties (optional)*
properties describing to which node/socket/core/thread virtual CPU belongs to, provided if supported by board
*target: SysEmuTarget*
the QEMU system emulation target, which determines which additional fields will be listed (since 3.0)
The members of *CpuInfoS390 when target is “s390x”*

Since

2.12

query-cpus-fast (Command)

Returns information about all virtual CPUs.

Returns

list of CpuInfoFast

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-cpus-fast" }
      <- { "return": [
              {
                  "thread-id": 25627,
                  "props": {
                      "core-id": 0,
                      "thread-id": 0,
                      "socket-id": 0
                  },
                  "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                  "arch":"x86",
                  "target":"x86_64",
                  "cpu-index": 0
              },
              {
                  "thread-id": 25628,
                  "props": {
                      "core-id": 0,
                      "thread-id": 0,
                      "socket-id": 1
                  },
                  "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[2]",
                  "arch":"x86",
                  "target":"x86_64",
                  "cpu-index": 1
              }
          ]
      }

#+end_quote

MachineInfo (Object)

Information describing a machine.

Members

*name: string*
the name of the machine
*alias: string (optional)*
an alias for the machine name
*is-default: boolean (optional)*
whether the machine is default
*cpu-max: int*
maximum number of CPUs supported by the machine type (since 1.5)
*hotpluggable-cpus: boolean*
cpu hotplug via -device is supported (since 2.7)
*numa-mem-supported: boolean*
true if ’-numa node,mem’ option is supported by the machine type and false otherwise (since 4.1)
*deprecated: boolean*
if true, the machine type is deprecated and may be removed in future versions of QEMU according to the QEMU deprecation policy (since 4.1)
*default-cpu-type: string (optional)*
default CPU model typename if none is requested via the -cpu argument. (since 4.2)
*default-ram-id: string (optional)*
the default ID of initial RAM memory backend (since 5.2)

Since

1.2

query-machines (Command)

Return a list of supported machines

Returns

a list of MachineInfo

Since

1.2

CurrentMachineParams (Object)

Information describing the running machine parameters.

Members

*wakeup-suspend-support: boolean*
true if the machine supports wake up from suspend

Since

4.0

query-current-machine (Command)

Return information on the current virtual machine.

Returns

CurrentMachineParams

Since

4.0

TargetInfo (Object)

Information describing the QEMU target.

Members

*arch: SysEmuTarget*
the target architecture

Since

1.2

query-target (Command)

Return information about the target for this QEMU

Returns

TargetInfo

Since

1.2

UuidInfo (Object)

Guest UUID information (Universally Unique Identifier).

Members

*UUID: string*
the UUID of the guest

Since

0.14

Notes

If no UUID was specified for the guest, a null UUID is returned.

query-uuid (Command)

Query the guest UUID information.

Returns

The UuidInfo for the guest

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-uuid" }
      <- { "return": { "UUID": "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000" } }

#+end_quote

GuidInfo (Object)

GUID information.

Members

*guid: string*
the globally unique identifier

Since

2.9

query-vm-generation-id (Command)

Show Virtual Machine Generation ID

Since

2.9

system_reset (Command)

Performs a hard reset of a guest.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "system_reset" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

system_powerdown (Command)

Requests that a guest perform a powerdown operation.

Since

0.14

Notes

A guest may or may not respond to this command. This command returning does not indicate that a guest has accepted the request or that it has shut down. Many guests will respond to this command by prompting the user in some way.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "system_powerdown" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

system_wakeup (Command)

Wake up guest from suspend. If the guest has wake-up from suspend support enabled (wakeup-suspend-support flag from query-current-machine), wake-up guest from suspend if the guest is in SUSPENDED state. Return an error otherwise.

Since

1.1

Returns

nothing.

Note

prior to 4.0, this command does nothing in case the guest isn’t suspended.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "system_wakeup" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

LostTickPolicy (Enum)

Policy for handling lost ticks in timer devices. Ticks end up getting lost when, for example, the guest is paused.

Values

discard
throw away the missed ticks and continue with future injection normally. The guest OS will see the timer jump ahead by a potentially quite significant amount all at once, as if the intervening chunk of time had simply not existed; needless to say, such a sudden jump can easily confuse a guest OS which is not specifically prepared to deal with it. Assuming the guest OS can deal correctly with the time jump, the time in the guest and in the host should now match.
delay
continue to deliver ticks at the normal rate. The guest OS will not notice anything is amiss, as from its point of view time will have continued to flow normally. The time in the guest should now be behind the time in the host by exactly the amount of time during which ticks have been missed.
slew
deliver ticks at a higher rate to catch up with the missed ticks. The guest OS will not notice anything is amiss, as from its point of view time will have continued to flow normally. Once the timer has managed to catch up with all the missing ticks, the time in the guest and in the host should match.

Since

2.0

inject-nmi (Command)

Injects a Non-Maskable Interrupt into the default CPU (x86/s390) or all CPUs (ppc64). The command fails when the guest doesn’t support injecting.

Returns

If successful, nothing

Since

0.14

Note

prior to 2.1, this command was only supported for x86 and s390 VMs

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "inject-nmi" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

KvmInfo (Object)

Information about support for KVM acceleration

Members

*enabled: boolean*
true if KVM acceleration is active
*present: boolean*
true if KVM acceleration is built into this executable

Since

0.14

query-kvm (Command)

Returns information about KVM acceleration

Returns

KvmInfo

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-kvm" }
      <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "present": true } }

#+end_quote

NumaOptionsType (Enum)

Values

node
NUMA nodes configuration
dist
NUMA distance configuration (since 2.10)
cpu
property based CPU(s) to node mapping (Since: 2.10)
hmat-lb
memory latency and bandwidth information (Since: 5.0)
hmat-cache
memory side cache information (Since: 5.0)

Since

2.1

NumaOptions (Object)

A discriminated record of NUMA options. (for OptsVisitor)

Members

*type: NumaOptionsType*
Not documented
The members of *NumaNodeOptions when type is “node”*
The members of *NumaDistOptions when type is “dist”*
The members of *NumaCpuOptions when type is “cpu”*
The members of *NumaHmatLBOptions when type is “hmat-lb”*
(no term)
The members of *NumaHmatCacheOptions when type is “hmat-cache”* ::

Since

2.1

NumaNodeOptions (Object)

Create a guest NUMA node. (for OptsVisitor)

Members

*nodeid: int (optional)*
NUMA node ID (increase by 1 from 0 if omitted)
*cpus: array of int (optional)*
VCPUs belonging to this node (assign VCPUS round-robin
if omitted)
*mem: int (optional)*
memory size of this node; mutually exclusive with memdev. Equally divide total memory among nodes if both mem and memdev are omitted.
*memdev: string (optional)*
memory backend object. If specified for one node, it must be specified for all nodes.
*initiator: int (optional)*
defined in ACPI 6.3 Chapter 5.2.27.3 Table 5-145, points to the nodeid which has the memory controller responsible for this NUMA node. This field provides additional information as to the initiator node that is closest (as in directly attached) to this node, and therefore has the best performance (since 5.0)

Since

2.1

NumaDistOptions (Object)

Set the distance between 2 NUMA nodes.

Members

*src: int*
source NUMA node.
*dst: int*
destination NUMA node.
*val: int*
NUMA distance from source node to destination node. When a node is unreachable from another node, set the distance between them to 255.

Since

2.10

X86CPURegister32 (Enum)

A X86 32-bit register

Values

EAX
Not documented
EBX
Not documented
ECX
Not documented
EDX
Not documented
ESP
Not documented
EBP
Not documented
ESI
Not documented
EDI
Not documented

Since

1.5

X86CPUFeatureWordInfo (Object)

Information about a X86 CPU feature word

Members

*cpuid-input-eax: int*
Input EAX value for CPUID instruction for that feature word
*cpuid-input-ecx: int (optional)*
Input ECX value for CPUID instruction for that feature word
*cpuid-register: X86CPURegister32*
Output register containing the feature bits
*features: int*
value of output register, containing the feature bits

Since

1.5

DummyForceArrays (Object)

Not used by QMP; hack to let us use X86CPUFeatureWordInfoList internally

Members

*unused: array of X86CPUFeatureWordInfo*
Not documented

Since

2.5

NumaCpuOptions (Object)

Option “-numa cpu” overrides default cpu to node mapping. It accepts the same set of cpu properties as returned by query-hotpluggable-cpus[].props, where node-id could be used to override default node mapping.

Members

The members of CpuInstanceProperties

Since

2.10

HmatLBMemoryHierarchy (Enum)

The memory hierarchy in the System Locality Latency and Bandwidth Information Structure of HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table)

For more information about HmatLBMemoryHierarchy, see chapter 5.2.27.4: Table 5-146: Field “Flags” of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Values

memory
the structure represents the memory performance
first-level
first level of memory side cache
second-level
second level of memory side cache
third-level
third level of memory side cache

Since

5.0

HmatLBDataType (Enum)

Data type in the System Locality Latency and Bandwidth Information Structure of HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table)

For more information about HmatLBDataType, see chapter 5.2.27.4: Table 5-146: Field “Data Type” of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Values

access-latency
access latency (nanoseconds)
read-latency
read latency (nanoseconds)
write-latency
write latency (nanoseconds)
access-bandwidth
access bandwidth (Bytes per second)
read-bandwidth
read bandwidth (Bytes per second)
write-bandwidth
write bandwidth (Bytes per second)

Since

5.0

NumaHmatLBOptions (Object)

Set the system locality latency and bandwidth information between Initiator and Target proximity Domains.

For more information about NumaHmatLBOptions, see chapter 5.2.27.4: Table 5-146 of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Members

*initiator: int*
the Initiator Proximity Domain.
*target: int*
the Target Proximity Domain.
*hierarchy: HmatLBMemoryHierarchy*
the Memory Hierarchy. Indicates the performance of memory or side cache.
*data-type: HmatLBDataType*
presents the type of data, access/read/write latency or hit latency.
*latency: int (optional)*
the value of latency from initiator to target proximity domain, the latency unit is “ns(nanosecond)”.
*bandwidth: int (optional)*
the value of bandwidth between initiator and target proximity domain, the bandwidth unit is “Bytes per second”.

Since

5.0

HmatCacheAssociativity (Enum)

Cache associativity in the Memory Side Cache Information Structure of HMAT

For more information of HmatCacheAssociativity, see chapter 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147 of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Values

none
None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain,
or cache associativity unknown)
direct
Direct Mapped
complex
Complex Cache Indexing (implementation specific)

Since

5.0

HmatCacheWritePolicy (Enum)

Cache write policy in the Memory Side Cache Information Structure of HMAT

For more information of HmatCacheWritePolicy, see chapter 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147: Field “Cache Attributes” of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Values

none
None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain, or cache write policy unknown)
write-back
Write Back (WB)
write-through
Write Through (WT)

Since

5.0

NumaHmatCacheOptions (Object)

Set the memory side cache information for a given memory domain.

For more information of NumaHmatCacheOptions, see chapter 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147: Field “Cache Attributes” of ACPI 6.3 spec.

Members

*node-id: int*
the memory proximity domain to which the memory belongs.
*size: int*
the size of memory side cache in bytes.
*level: int*
the cache level described in this structure.
*associativity: HmatCacheAssociativity*
the cache associativity, none/direct-mapped/complex(complex cache indexing).
*policy: HmatCacheWritePolicy*
the write policy, none/write-back/write-through.
*line: int*
the cache Line size in bytes.

Since

5.0

memsave (Command)

Save a portion of guest memory to a file.

Arguments

*val: int*
the virtual address of the guest to start from
*size: int*
the size of memory region to save
*filename: string*
the file to save the memory to as binary data
*cpu-index: int (optional)*
the index of the virtual CPU to use for translating the virtual address (defaults to CPU 0)

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

0.14

Notes

Errors were not reliably returned until 1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "memsave",
           "arguments": { "val": 10,
                          "size": 100,
                          "filename": "/tmp/virtual-mem-dump" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

pmemsave (Command)

Save a portion of guest physical memory to a file.

Arguments

*val: int*
the physical address of the guest to start from
*size: int*
the size of memory region to save
*filename: string*
the file to save the memory to as binary data

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

0.14

Notes

Errors were not reliably returned until 1.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "pmemsave",
           "arguments": { "val": 10,
                          "size": 100,
                          "filename": "/tmp/physical-mem-dump" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Memdev (Object)

Information about memory backend

Members

*id: string (optional)*
backend’s ID if backend has ’id’ property (since 2.9)
*size: int*
memory backend size
*merge: boolean*
whether memory merge support is enabled
*dump: boolean*
whether memory backend’s memory is included in a core dump
*prealloc: boolean*
whether memory was preallocated
*share: boolean*
whether memory is private to QEMU or shared (since 6.1)
*reserve: boolean (optional)*
whether swap space (or huge pages) was reserved if applicable. This corresponds to the user configuration and not the actual behavior implemented in the OS to perform the reservation. For example, Linux will never reserve swap space for shared file mappings. (since 6.1)
*host-nodes: array of int*
host nodes for its memory policy
*policy: HostMemPolicy*
memory policy of memory backend

Since

2.1

query-memdev (Command)

Returns information for all memory backends.

Returns

a list of Memdev.

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-memdev" }
      <- { "return": [
             {
               "id": "mem1",
               "size": 536870912,
               "merge": false,
               "dump": true,
               "prealloc": false,
               "host-nodes": [0, 1],
               "policy": "bind"
             },
             {
               "size": 536870912,
               "merge": false,
               "dump": true,
               "prealloc": true,
               "host-nodes": [2, 3],
               "policy": "preferred"
             }
           ]
         }

#+end_quote

CpuInstanceProperties (Object)

List of properties to be used for hotplugging a CPU instance, it should be passed by management with device_add command when a CPU is being hotplugged.

Members

*node-id: int (optional)*
NUMA node ID the CPU belongs to
*socket-id: int (optional)*
socket number within node/board the CPU belongs to
*die-id: int (optional)*
die number within node/board the CPU belongs to (Since 4.1)
*core-id: int (optional)*
core number within die the CPU belongs to
*thread-id: int (optional)*
thread number within core the CPU belongs to

Note

currently there are 5 properties that could be present but management should be prepared to pass through other properties with device_add command to allow for future interface extension. This also requires the filed names to be kept in sync with the properties passed to -device/device_add.

Since

2.7

HotpluggableCPU (Object)

Members

*type: string*
CPU object type for usage with device_add command
*props: CpuInstanceProperties*
list of properties to be used for hotplugging CPU
*vcpus-count: int*
number of logical VCPU threads HotpluggableCPU provides
*qom-path: string (optional)*
link to existing CPU object if CPU is present or omitted if CPU is not present.

Since

2.7

query-hotpluggable-cpus (Command)

TODO

Better documentation; currently there is none.

Returns

a list of HotpluggableCPU objects.

Since

2.7

Example

#+begin_quote 

      For pseries machine type started with -smp 2,cores=2,maxcpus=4 -cpu POWER8:

      -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
      <- {"return": [
           { "props": { "core": 8 }, "type": "POWER8-spapr-cpu-core",
             "vcpus-count": 1 },
           { "props": { "core": 0 }, "type": "POWER8-spapr-cpu-core",
             "vcpus-count": 1, "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]"}
         ]}'

      For pc machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2:

      -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
      <- {"return": [
           {
              "type": "qemu64-x86_64-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
              "props": {"core-id": 0, "socket-id": 1, "thread-id": 0}
           },
           {
              "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
              "type": "qemu64-x86_64-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
              "props": {"core-id": 0, "socket-id": 0, "thread-id": 0}
           }
         ]}

      For s390x-virtio-ccw machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2 -cpu qemu
      (Since: 2.11):

      -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
      <- {"return": [
           {
              "type": "qemu-s390x-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
              "props": { "core-id": 1 }
           },
           {
              "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
              "type": "qemu-s390x-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
              "props": { "core-id": 0 }
           }
         ]}

#+end_quote

set-numa-node (Command)

Runtime equivalent of ’-numa’ CLI option, available at preconfigure stage to configure numa mapping before initializing machine.

Since 3.0

Arguments

The members of NumaOptions

balloon (Command)

Request the balloon driver to change its balloon size.

Arguments

*value: int*

the target logical size of the VM in bytes. We can deduce the size of the balloon using this formula:

#+begin_quote logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size

From it we have: balloon_size = vm_ram_size - value #+end_quote

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the KVM kernel module cannot support it, KvmMissingCap
  • If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive

Notes

This command just issues a request to the guest. When it returns, the balloon size may not have changed. A guest can change the balloon size independent of this command.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "balloon", "arguments": { "value": 536870912 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

      With a 2.5GiB guest this command inflated the ballon to 3GiB.

#+end_quote

BalloonInfo (Object)

Information about the guest balloon device.

Members

*actual: int*
the logical size of the VM in bytes Formula used: logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size

Since

0.14

query-balloon (Command)

Return information about the balloon device.

Returns

  • BalloonInfo on success
  • If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the KVM kernel module cannot support it, KvmMissingCap
  • If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-balloon" }
      <- { "return": {
               "actual": 1073741824,
            }
         }

#+end_quote

BALLOON_CHANGE (Event)

Emitted when the guest changes the actual BALLOON level. This value is equivalent to the actual field return by the ’query-balloon’ command

Arguments

*actual: int*
the logical size of the VM in bytes Formula used: logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size

Note

this event is rate-limited.

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "BALLOON_CHANGE",
           "data": { "actual": 944766976 },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267020223, "microseconds": 435656 } }

#+end_quote

MemoryInfo (Object)

Actual memory information in bytes.

Members

*base-memory: int*
size of “base” memory specified with command line option -m.
*plugged-memory: int (optional)*
size of memory that can be hot-unplugged. This field is omitted if target doesn’t support memory hotplug (i.e. CONFIG_MEM_DEVICE not defined at build time).

Since

2.11

query-memory-size-summary (Command)

Return the amount of initially allocated and present hotpluggable (if enabled) memory in bytes.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-memory-size-summary" }
      <- { "return": { "base-memory": 4294967296, "plugged-memory": 0 } }

#+end_quote

Since

2.11

PCDIMMDeviceInfo (Object)

PCDIMMDevice state information

Members

*id: string (optional)*
device’s ID
*addr: int*
physical address, where device is mapped
*size: int*
size of memory that the device provides
*slot: int*
slot number at which device is plugged in
*node: int*
NUMA node number where device is plugged in
*memdev: string*
memory backend linked with device
*hotplugged: boolean*
true if device was hotplugged
*hotpluggable: boolean*
true if device if could be added/removed while machine is running

Since

2.1

VirtioPMEMDeviceInfo (Object)

VirtioPMEM state information

Members

*id: string (optional)*
device’s ID
*memaddr: int*
physical address in memory, where device is mapped
*size: int*
size of memory that the device provides
*memdev: string*
memory backend linked with device

Since

4.1

VirtioMEMDeviceInfo (Object)

VirtioMEMDevice state information

Members

*id: string (optional)*
device’s ID
*memaddr: int*
physical address in memory, where device is mapped
*requested-size: int*
the user requested size of the device
*size: int*
the (current) size of memory that the device provides
*max-size: int*
the maximum size of memory that the device can provide
*block-size: int*
the block size of memory that the device provides
*node: int*
NUMA node number where device is assigned to
*memdev: string*
memory backend linked with the region

Since

5.1

SgxEPCDeviceInfo (Object)

Sgx EPC state information

Members

*id: string (optional)*
device’s ID
*memaddr: int*
physical address in memory, where device is mapped
*size: int*
size of memory that the device provides
*memdev: string*
memory backend linked with device

Since

6.2

MemoryDeviceInfoKind (Enum)

Values

dimm
Not documented
nvdimm
Not documented
virtio-pmem
Not documented
virtio-mem
Not documented
sgx-epc
Not documented

Since

2.1

PCDIMMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: PCDIMMDeviceInfo*
Not documented

Since

2.1

VirtioPMEMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: VirtioPMEMDeviceInfo*
Not documented

Since

2.1

VirtioMEMDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: VirtioMEMDeviceInfo*
Not documented

Since

2.1

SgxEPCDeviceInfoWrapper (Object)

Members

*data: SgxEPCDeviceInfo*
Not documented

Since

6.2

MemoryDeviceInfo (Object)

Union containing information about a memory device

nvdimm is included since 2.12. virtio-pmem is included since 4.1. virtio-mem is included since 5.1. sgx-epc is included since 6.2.

Members

*type: MemoryDeviceInfoKind*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *PCDIMMDeviceInfoWrapper when type is “dimm”* ::
(no term)
The members of *PCDIMMDeviceInfoWrapper when type is “nvdimm”* ::
(no term)
The members of *VirtioPMEMDeviceInfoWrapper when type is “virtio-pmem”* ::
(no term)
The members of *VirtioMEMDeviceInfoWrapper when type is “virtio-mem”* ::
(no term)
The members of *SgxEPCDeviceInfoWrapper when type is “sgx-epc”* ::

Since

2.1

SgxEPC (Object)

Sgx EPC cmdline information

Members

*memdev: string*
memory backend linked with device

Since

6.2

SgxEPCProperties (Object)

SGX properties of machine types.

Members

*sgx-epc: array of SgxEPC*
list of ids of memory-backend-epc objects.

Since

6.2

query-memory-devices (Command)

Lists available memory devices and their state

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-memory-devices" }
      <- { "return": [ { "data":
                            { "addr": 5368709120,
                              "hotpluggable": true,
                              "hotplugged": true,
                              "id": "d1",
                              "memdev": "/objects/memX",
                              "node": 0,
                              "size": 1073741824,
                              "slot": 0},
                         "type": "dimm"
                       } ] }

#+end_quote

MEMORY_DEVICE_SIZE_CHANGE (Event)

Emitted when the size of a memory device changes. Only emitted for memory devices that can actually change the size (e.g., virtio-mem due to guest action).

Arguments

*id: string (optional)*
device’s ID
*size: int*
the new size of memory that the device provides
*qom-path: string*
path to the device object in the QOM tree (since 6.2)

Note

this event is rate-limited.

Since

5.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "MEMORY_DEVICE_SIZE_CHANGE",
           "data": { "id": "vm0", "size": 1073741824},
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1588168529, "microseconds": 201316 } }

#+end_quote

MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR (Event)

Emitted when memory hot unplug error occurs.

Arguments

*device: string*
device name
*msg: string*
Informative message

Features

deprecated
This event is deprecated. Use DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR instead.

Since

2.4

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR"
           "data": { "device": "dimm1",
                     "msg": "acpi: device unplug for unsupported device"
           },
           "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

#+end_quote

SMPConfiguration (Object)

Schema for CPU topology configuration. A missing value lets QEMU figure out a suitable value based on the ones that are provided.

Members

*cpus: int (optional)*
number of virtual CPUs in the virtual machine
*sockets: int (optional)*
number of sockets in the CPU topology
*dies: int (optional)*
number of dies per socket in the CPU topology
*cores: int (optional)*
number of cores per die in the CPU topology
*threads: int (optional)*
number of threads per core in the CPU topology
*maxcpus: int (optional)*
maximum number of hotpluggable virtual CPUs in the virtual machine

Since

6.1

x-query-irq (Command)

Query interrupt statistics

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

interrupt statistics

Since

6.2

x-query-jit (Command)

Query TCG compiler statistics

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

TCG compiler statistics

Since

6.2

If

CONFIG_TCG

x-query-numa (Command)

Query NUMA topology information

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

topology information

Since

6.2

x-query-opcount (Command)

Query TCG opcode counters

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

TCG opcode counters

Since

6.2

If

CONFIG_TCG

x-query-profile (Command)

Query TCG profiling information

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

profile information

Since

6.2

x-query-ramblock (Command)

Query system ramblock information

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

system ramblock information

Since

6.2

x-query-rdma (Command)

Query RDMA state

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

RDMA state

Since

6.2

x-query-roms (Command)

Query information on the registered ROMS

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

registered ROMs

Since

6.2

x-query-usb (Command)

Query information on the USB devices

Features

unstable
This command is meant for debugging.

Returns

USB device information

Since

6.2

CpuModelInfo (Object)

Virtual CPU model.

A CPU model consists of the name of a CPU definition, to which delta changes are applied (e.g. features added/removed). Most magic values that an architecture might require should be hidden behind the name. However, if required, architectures can expose relevant properties.

Members

*name: string*
the name of the CPU definition the model is based on
*props: value (optional)*
a dictionary of QOM properties to be applied

Since

2.8

CpuModelExpansionType (Enum)

An enumeration of CPU model expansion types.

Values

static
Expand to a static CPU model, a combination of a static base model name and property delta changes. As the static base model will never change, the expanded CPU model will be the same, independent of QEMU version, machine type, machine options, and accelerator options. Therefore, the resulting model can be used by tooling without having to specify a compatibility machine - e.g. when displaying the “host” model. The static CPU models are migration-safe.
full
Expand all properties. The produced model is not guaranteed to be migration-safe, but allows tooling to get an insight and work with model details.

Note

When a non-migration-safe CPU model is expanded in static mode, some features enabled by the CPU model may be omitted, because they can’t be implemented by a static CPU model definition (e.g. cache info passthrough and PMU passthrough in x86). If you need an accurate representation of the features enabled by a non-migration-safe CPU model, use full. If you need a static representation that will keep ABI compatibility even when changing QEMU version or machine-type, use static (but keep in mind that some features may be omitted).

Since

2.8

CpuModelCompareResult (Enum)

An enumeration of CPU model comparison results. The result is usually calculated using e.g. CPU features or CPU generations.

Values

incompatible
If model A is incompatible to model B, model A is not guaranteed to run where model B runs and the other way around.
identical
If model A is identical to model B, model A is guaranteed to run where model B runs and the other way around.
superset
If model A is a superset of model B, model B is guaranteed to run where model A runs. There are no guarantees about the other way.
subset
If model A is a subset of model B, model A is guaranteed to run where model B runs. There are no guarantees about the other way.

Since

2.8

CpuModelBaselineInfo (Object)

The result of a CPU model baseline.

Members

*model: CpuModelInfo*
the baselined CpuModelInfo.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X

CpuModelCompareInfo (Object)

The result of a CPU model comparison.

Members

*result: CpuModelCompareResult*
The result of the compare operation.
*responsible-properties: array of string*
List of properties that led to the comparison result not being identical.

responsible-properties is a list of QOM property names that led to both CPUs not being detected as identical. For identical models, this list is empty. If a QOM property is read-only, that means there’s no known way to make the CPU models identical. If the special property name “type” is included, the models are by definition not identical and cannot be made identical.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X

query-cpu-model-comparison (Command)

Compares two CPU models, returning how they compare in a specific configuration. The results indicates how both models compare regarding runnability. This result can be used by tooling to make decisions if a certain CPU model will run in a certain configuration or if a compatible CPU model has to be created by baselining.

Usually, a CPU model is compared against the maximum possible CPU model of a certain configuration (e.g. the “host” model for KVM). If that CPU model is identical or a subset, it will run in that configuration.

The result returned by this command may be affected by:

  • QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • “-cpu” arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised.

Some architectures may not support comparing CPU models. s390x supports comparing CPU models.

Arguments

*modela: CpuModelInfo*
Not documented
*modelb: CpuModelInfo*
Not documented

Returns

a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if comparing CPU models is not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or properties with wrong types.

Note

this command isn’t specific to s390x, but is only implemented on this architecture currently.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X

query-cpu-model-baseline (Command)

Baseline two CPU models, creating a compatible third model. The created model will always be a static, migration-safe CPU model (see “static” CPU model expansion for details).

This interface can be used by tooling to create a compatible CPU model out two CPU models. The created CPU model will be identical to or a subset of both CPU models when comparing them. Therefore, the created CPU model is guaranteed to run where the given CPU models run.

The result returned by this command may be affected by:

  • QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • “-cpu” arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised.

Some architectures may not support baselining CPU models. s390x supports baselining CPU models.

Arguments

*modela: CpuModelInfo*
Not documented
*modelb: CpuModelInfo*
Not documented

Returns

a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if baselining CPU models is not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or properties with wrong types.

Note

this command isn’t specific to s390x, but is only implemented on this architecture currently.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X

CpuModelExpansionInfo (Object)

The result of a cpu model expansion.

Members

*model: CpuModelInfo*
the expanded CpuModelInfo.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X or TARGET_I386 or TARGET_ARM

query-cpu-model-expansion (Command)

Expands a given CPU model (or a combination of CPU model + additional options) to different granularities, allowing tooling to get an understanding what a specific CPU model looks like in QEMU under a certain configuration.

This interface can be used to query the “host” CPU model.

The data returned by this command may be affected by:

  • QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models reported as “static” in query-cpu-definitions.)
  • “-cpu” arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised.

Some architectures may not support all expansion types. s390x supports “full” and “static”. Arm only supports “full”.

Arguments

*type: CpuModelExpansionType*
Not documented
*model: CpuModelInfo*
Not documented

Returns

a CpuModelExpansionInfo. Returns an error if expanding CPU models is not supported, if the model cannot be expanded, if the model contains an unknown CPU definition name, unknown properties or properties with a wrong type. Also returns an error if an expansion type is not supported.

Since

2.8

If

TARGET_S390X or TARGET_I386 or TARGET_ARM

CpuDefinitionInfo (Object)

Virtual CPU definition.

Members

*name: string*
the name of the CPU definition
*migration-safe: boolean (optional)*
whether a CPU definition can be safely used for migration in combination with a QEMU compatibility machine when migrating between different QEMU versions and between hosts with different sets of (hardware or software) capabilities. If not provided, information is not available and callers should not assume the CPU definition to be migration-safe. (since 2.8)
*static: boolean*
whether a CPU definition is static and will not change depending on QEMU version, machine type, machine options and accelerator options. A static model is always migration-safe. (since 2.8)
*unavailable-features: array of string (optional)*
List of properties that prevent the CPU model from running in the current host. (since 2.8)
*typename: string*
Type name that can be used as argument to device-list-properties, to introspect properties configurable using -cpu or -global. (since 2.9)
*alias-of: string (optional)*
Name of CPU model this model is an alias for. The target of the CPU model alias may change depending on the machine type. Management software is supposed to translate CPU model aliases in the VM configuration, because aliases may stop being migration-safe in the future (since 4.1)
*deprecated: boolean*
If true, this CPU model is deprecated and may be removed in in some future version of QEMU according to the QEMU deprecation policy. (since 5.2)

unavailable-features is a list of QOM property names that represent CPU model attributes that prevent the CPU from running. If the QOM property is read-only, that means there’s no known way to make the CPU model run in the current host. Implementations that choose not to provide specific information return the property name “type”. If the property is read-write, it means that it MAY be possible to run the CPU model in the current host if that property is changed. Management software can use it as hints to suggest or choose an alternative for the user, or just to generate meaningful error messages explaining why the CPU model can’t be used. If unavailable-features is an empty list, the CPU model is runnable using the current host and machine-type. If unavailable-features is not present, runnability information for the CPU is not available.

Since

1.2

If

TARGET_PPC or TARGET_ARM or TARGET_I386 or TARGET_S390X or TARGET_MIPS

query-cpu-definitions (Command)

Return a list of supported virtual CPU definitions

Returns

a list of CpuDefInfo

Since

1.2

If

TARGET_PPC or TARGET_ARM or TARGET_I386 or TARGET_S390X or TARGET_MIPS

RECORD/REPLAY

ReplayMode (Enum)

Mode of the replay subsystem.

Values

none
normal execution mode. Replay or record are not enabled.
record
record mode. All non-deterministic data is written into the replay log.
play
replay mode. Non-deterministic data required for system execution is read from the log.

Since

2.5

ReplayInfo (Object)

Record/replay information.

Members

*mode: ReplayMode*
current mode.
*filename: string (optional)*
name of the record/replay log file. It is present only in record or replay modes, when the log is recorded or replayed.
*icount: int*
current number of executed instructions.

Since

5.2

query-replay (Command)

Retrieve the record/replay information. It includes current instruction count which may be used for replay-break and replay-seek commands.

Returns

record/replay information.

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-replay" }
      <- { "return": { "mode": "play", "filename": "log.rr", "icount": 220414 } }

#+end_quote

replay-break (Command)

Set replay breakpoint at instruction count icount. Execution stops when the specified instruction is reached. There can be at most one breakpoint. When breakpoint is set, any prior one is removed. The breakpoint may be set only in replay mode and only “in the future”, i.e. at instruction counts greater than the current one. The current instruction count can be observed with query-replay.

Arguments

*icount: int*
instruction count to stop at

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "replay-break", "data": { "icount": 220414 } }

#+end_quote

replay-delete-break (Command)

Remove replay breakpoint which was set with replay-break. The command is ignored when there are no replay breakpoints.

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "replay-delete-break" }

#+end_quote

replay-seek (Command)

Automatically proceed to the instruction count icount, when replaying the execution. The command automatically loads nearest snapshot and replays the execution to find the desired instruction. When there is no preceding snapshot or the execution is not replayed, then the command fails. icount for the reference may be obtained with query-replay command.

Arguments

*icount: int*
target instruction count

Since

5.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "replay-seek", "data": { "icount": 220414 } }

#+end_quote

YANK FEATURE

YankInstanceType (Enum)

An enumeration of yank instance types. See YankInstance for more information.

Values

block-node
Not documented
chardev
Not documented
migration
Not documented

Since

6.0

YankInstanceBlockNode (Object)

Specifies which block graph node to yank. See YankInstance for more information.

Members

*node-name: string*
the name of the block graph node

Since

6.0

YankInstanceChardev (Object)

Specifies which character device to yank. See YankInstance for more information.

Members

*id: string*
the chardev’s ID

Since

6.0

YankInstance (Object)

A yank instance can be yanked with the yank qmp command to recover from a hanging QEMU.

Currently implemented yank instances:
  • nbd block device: Yanking it will shut down the connection to the nbd server without attempting to reconnect.
  • socket chardev: Yanking it will shut down the connected socket.
  • migration: Yanking it will shut down all migration connections. Unlike migrate_cancel, it will not notify the migration process, so migration will go into failed state, instead of cancelled state. yank should be used to recover from hangs.

Members

*type: YankInstanceType*
Not documented
(no term)
The members of *YankInstanceBlockNode when type is “block-node”* ::
(no term)
The members of *YankInstanceChardev when type is “chardev”* ::

Since

6.0

yank (Command)

Try to recover from hanging QEMU by yanking the specified instances. See YankInstance for more information.

Takes a list of YankInstance as argument.

Arguments

*instances: array of YankInstance*
Not documented

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • DeviceNotFound error, if any of the YankInstances doesn’t exist

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "yank",
           "arguments": {
               "instances": [
                    { "type": "block-node",
                      "node-name": "nbd0" }
               ] } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

Since

6.0

query-yank (Command)

Query yank instances. See YankInstance for more information.

Returns

list of YankInstance

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-yank" }
      <- { "return": [
               { "type": "block-node",
                 "node-name": "nbd0" }
           ] }

#+end_quote

Since

6.0

MISCELLANEA

add_client (Command)

Allow client connections for VNC, Spice and socket based character devices to be passed in to QEMU via SCM_RIGHTS.

Arguments

*protocol: string*
protocol name. Valid names are “vnc”, “spice” or the name of a character device (eg. from -chardev id=XXXX)
*fdname: string*
file descriptor name previously passed via ’getfd’ command
*skipauth: boolean (optional)*
whether to skip authentication. Only applies to “vnc” and “spice” protocols
*tls: boolean (optional)*
whether to perform TLS. Only applies to the “spice” protocol

Returns

nothing on success.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "add_client", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                   "fdname": "myclient" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

NameInfo (Object)

Guest name information.

Members

*name: string (optional)*
The name of the guest

Since

0.14

query-name (Command)

Return the name information of a guest.

Returns

NameInfo of the guest

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-name" }
      <- { "return": { "name": "qemu-name" } }

#+end_quote

IOThreadInfo (Object)

Information about an iothread

Members

*id: string*
the identifier of the iothread
*thread-id: int*
ID of the underlying host thread
*poll-max-ns: int*
maximum polling time in ns, 0 means polling is disabled (since 2.9)
*poll-grow: int*
how many ns will be added to polling time, 0 means that it’s not configured (since 2.9)
*poll-shrink: int*
how many ns will be removed from polling time, 0 means that it’s not configured (since 2.9)
*aio-max-batch: int*
maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use its default (since 6.1)

Since

2.0

query-iothreads (Command)

Returns a list of information about each iothread.

Note

this list excludes the QEMU main loop thread, which is not declared using the -object iothread command-line option. It is always the main thread of the process.

Returns

a list of IOThreadInfo for each iothread

Since

2.0

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-iothreads" }
      <- { "return": [
               {
                  "id":"iothread0",
                  "thread-id":3134
               },
               {
                  "id":"iothread1",
                  "thread-id":3135
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

stop (Command)

Stop all guest VCPU execution.

Since

0.14

Notes

This function will succeed even if the guest is already in the stopped state. In “inmigrate” state, it will ensure that the guest remains paused once migration finishes, as if the -S option was passed on the command line.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "stop" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

cont (Command)

Resume guest VCPU execution.

Since

0.14

Returns

If successful, nothing

Notes

This command will succeed if the guest is currently running. It will also succeed if the guest is in the “inmigrate” state; in this case, the effect of the command is to make sure the guest starts once migration finishes, removing the effect of the -S command line option if it was passed.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "cont" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

x-exit-preconfig (Command)

Exit from “preconfig” state

This command makes QEMU exit the preconfig state and proceed with VM initialization using configuration data provided on the command line and via the QMP monitor during the preconfig state. The command is only available during the preconfig state (i.e. when the –preconfig command line option was in use).

Features

unstable
This command is experimental.

Since 3.0

Returns

nothing

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "x-exit-preconfig" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

human-monitor-command (Command)

Execute a command on the human monitor and return the output.

Arguments

*command-line: string*
the command to execute in the human monitor
*cpu-index: int (optional)*
The CPU to use for commands that require an implicit CPU

Features

savevm-monitor-nodes
If present, HMP command savevm only snapshots monitor-owned nodes if they have no parents. This allows the use of ’savevm’ with -blockdev. (since 4.2)

Returns

the output of the command as a string

Since

0.14

Notes

This command only exists as a stop-gap. Its use is highly discouraged. The semantics of this command are not guaranteed: this means that command names, arguments and responses can change or be removed at ANY time. Applications that rely on long term stability guarantees should NOT use this command.

Known limitations:

  • This command is stateless, this means that commands that depend on state information (such as getfd) might not work
  • Commands that prompt the user for data don’t currently work

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "human-monitor-command",
           "arguments": { "command-line": "info kvm" } }
      <- { "return": "kvm support: enabled\r\n" }

#+end_quote

getfd (Command)

Receive a file descriptor via SCM rights and assign it a name

Arguments

*fdname: string*
file descriptor name

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

0.14

Notes

If fdname already exists, the file descriptor assigned to it will be closed and replaced by the received file descriptor.

The ’closefd’ command can be used to explicitly close the file descriptor when it is no longer needed.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "getfd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

closefd (Command)

Close a file descriptor previously passed via SCM rights

Arguments

*fdname: string*
file descriptor name

Returns

Nothing on success

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "closefd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

AddfdInfo (Object)

Information about a file descriptor that was added to an fd set.

Members

*fdset-id: int*
The ID of the fd set that fd was added to.
*fd: int*
The file descriptor that was received via SCM rights and added to the fd set.

Since

1.2

add-fd (Command)

Add a file descriptor, that was passed via SCM rights, to an fd set.

Arguments

*fdset-id: int (optional)*
The ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
*opaque: string (optional)*
A free-form string that can be used to describe the fd.

Returns

  • AddfdInfo on success
  • If file descriptor was not received, FdNotSupplied
  • If fdset-id is a negative value, InvalidParameterValue

Notes

The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

If fdset-id is not specified, a new fd set will be created.

Since

1.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "add-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1 } }
      <- { "return": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } }

#+end_quote

remove-fd (Command)

Remove a file descriptor from an fd set.

Arguments

*fdset-id: int*
The ID of the fd set that the file descriptor belongs to.
*fd: int (optional)*
The file descriptor that is to be removed.

Returns

  • Nothing on success
  • If fdset-id or fd is not found, FdNotFound

Since

1.2

Notes

The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

If fd is not specified, all file descriptors in fdset-id will be removed.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "remove-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

FdsetFdInfo (Object)

Information about a file descriptor that belongs to an fd set.

Members

*fd: int*
The file descriptor value.
*opaque: string (optional)*
A free-form string that can be used to describe the fd.

Since

1.2

FdsetInfo (Object)

Information about an fd set.

Members

*fdset-id: int*
The ID of the fd set.
*fds: array of FdsetFdInfo*
A list of file descriptors that belong to this fd set.

Since

1.2

query-fdsets (Command)

Return information describing all fd sets.

Returns

A list of FdsetInfo

Since

1.2

Note

The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-fdsets" }
      <- { "return": [
             {
               "fds": [
                 {
                   "fd": 30,
                   "opaque": "rdonly:/path/to/file"
                 },
                 {
                   "fd": 24,
                   "opaque": "rdwr:/path/to/file"
                 }
               ],
               "fdset-id": 1
             },
             {
               "fds": [
                 {
                   "fd": 28
                 },
                 {
                   "fd": 29
                 }
               ],
               "fdset-id": 0
             }
           ]
         }

#+end_quote

CommandLineParameterType (Enum)

Possible types for an option parameter.

Values

string
accepts a character string
boolean
accepts “on” or “off”
number
accepts a number
size
accepts a number followed by an optional suffix (K)ilo, (M)ega, (G)iga, (T)era

Since

1.5

CommandLineParameterInfo (Object)

Details about a single parameter of a command line option.

Members

*name: string*
parameter name
*type: CommandLineParameterType*
parameter CommandLineParameterType
*help: string (optional)*
human readable text string, not suitable for parsing.
*default: string (optional)*
default value string (since 2.1)

Since

1.5

CommandLineOptionInfo (Object)

Details about a command line option, including its list of parameter details

Members

*option: string*
option name
*parameters: array of CommandLineParameterInfo*
an array of CommandLineParameterInfo

Since

1.5

query-command-line-options (Command)

Query command line option schema.

Arguments

*option: string (optional)*
option name

Returns

list of CommandLineOptionInfo for all options (or for the given option). Returns an error if the given option doesn’t exist.

Since

1.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-command-line-options",
           "arguments": { "option": "option-rom" } }
      <- { "return": [
              {
                  "parameters": [
                      {
                          "name": "romfile",
                          "type": "string"
                      },
                      {
                          "name": "bootindex",
                          "type": "number"
                      }
                  ],
                  "option": "option-rom"
              }
           ]
         }

#+end_quote

RTC_CHANGE (Event)

Emitted when the guest changes the RTC time.

Arguments

*offset: int*
offset between base RTC clock (as specified by -rtc base), and new RTC clock value

Note

This event is rate-limited.

Since

0.13

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <-   { "event": "RTC_CHANGE",
             "data": { "offset": 78 },
             "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267020223, "microseconds": 435656 } }

#+end_quote

If

*TARGET_ALPHA or TARGET_ARM or TARGET_HPPA or TARGET_I386 or TARGET_MIPS or TARGET_MIPS64 or TARGET_PPC or TARGET_PPC64 or TARGET_S390X or TARGET_SH4 or TARGET_SPARC*

rtc-reset-reinjection (Command)

This command will reset the RTC interrupt reinjection backlog. Can be used if another mechanism to synchronize guest time is in effect, for example QEMU guest agent’s guest-set-time command.

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "rtc-reset-reinjection" }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

SevState (Enum)

An enumeration of SEV state information used during query-sev.

Values

uninit
The guest is uninitialized.
launch-update
The guest is currently being launched; plaintext data and register state is being imported.
launch-secret
The guest is currently being launched; ciphertext data is being imported.
running
The guest is fully launched or migrated in.
send-update
The guest is currently being migrated out to another machine.
receive-update
The guest is currently being migrated from another machine.

Since

2.12

If

TARGET_I386

SevInfo (Object)

Information about Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) support

Members

*enabled: boolean*
true if SEV is active
*api-major: int*
SEV API major version
*api-minor: int*
SEV API minor version
*build-id: int*
SEV FW build id
*policy: int*
SEV policy value
*state: SevState*
SEV guest state
*handle: int*
SEV firmware handle

Since

2.12

If

TARGET_I386

query-sev (Command)

Returns information about SEV

Returns

SevInfo

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-sev" }
      <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "api-major" : 0, "api-minor" : 0,
                       "build-id" : 0, "policy" : 0, "state" : "running",
                       "handle" : 1 } }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

SevLaunchMeasureInfo (Object)

SEV Guest Launch measurement information

Members

*data: string*
the measurement value encoded in base64

Since

2.12

If

TARGET_I386

query-sev-launch-measure (Command)

Query the SEV guest launch information.

Returns

The SevLaunchMeasureInfo for the guest

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-sev-launch-measure" }
      <- { "return": { "data": "4l8LXeNlSPUDlXPJG5966/8%YZ" } }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

SevCapability (Object)

The struct describes capability for a Secure Encrypted Virtualization feature.

Members

*pdh: string*
Platform Diffie-Hellman key (base64 encoded)
*cert-chain: string*
PDH certificate chain (base64 encoded)
*cbitpos: int*
C-bit location in page table entry
*reduced-phys-bits: int*
Number of physical Address bit reduction when SEV is enabled

Since

2.12

If

TARGET_I386

query-sev-capabilities (Command)

This command is used to get the SEV capabilities, and is supported on AMD X86 platforms only.

Returns

SevCapability objects.

Since

2.12

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-sev-capabilities" }
      <- { "return": { "pdh": "8CCDD8DDD", "cert-chain": "888CCCDDDEE",
                       "cbitpos": 47, "reduced-phys-bits": 5}}

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

sev-inject-launch-secret (Command)

This command injects a secret blob into memory of SEV guest.

Arguments

*packet-header: string*
the launch secret packet header encoded in base64
*secret: string*
the launch secret data to be injected encoded in base64
*gpa: int (optional)*
the guest physical address where secret will be injected.

Since

6.0

If

TARGET_I386

SevAttestationReport (Object)

The struct describes attestation report for a Secure Encrypted Virtualization feature.

Members

*data: string*
guest attestation report (base64 encoded)

Since

6.1

If

TARGET_I386

query-sev-attestation-report (Command)

This command is used to get the SEV attestation report, and is supported on AMD X86 platforms only.

Arguments

*mnonce: string*
a random 16 bytes value encoded in base64 (it will be included in report)

Returns

SevAttestationReport objects.

Since

6.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute" : "query-sev-attestation-report",
                       "arguments": { "mnonce": "aaaaaaa" } }
      <- { "return" : { "data": "aaaaaaaabbbddddd"} }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

dump-skeys (Command)

Dump guest’s storage keys

Arguments

*filename: string*
the path to the file to dump to

This command is only supported on s390 architecture.

Since

2.5

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "dump-skeys",
           "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/skeys" } }
      <- { "return": {} }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_S390X

GICCapability (Object)

The struct describes capability for a specific GIC (Generic Interrupt Controller) version. These bits are not only decided by QEMU/KVM software version, but also decided by the hardware that the program is running upon.

Members

*version: int*
version of GIC to be described. Currently, only 2 and 3 are supported.
*emulated: boolean*
whether current QEMU/hardware supports emulated GIC device in user space.
*kernel: boolean*
whether current QEMU/hardware supports hardware accelerated GIC device in kernel.

Since

2.6

If

TARGET_ARM

query-gic-capabilities (Command)

This command is ARM-only. It will return a list of GICCapability objects that describe its capability bits.

Returns

a list of GICCapability objects.

Since

2.6

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-gic-capabilities" }
      <- { "return": [{ "version": 2, "emulated": true, "kernel": false },
                      { "version": 3, "emulated": false, "kernel": true } ] }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_ARM

SGXInfo (Object)

Information about intel Safe Guard eXtension (SGX) support

Members

*sgx: boolean*
true if SGX is supported
*sgx1: boolean*
true if SGX1 is supported
*sgx2: boolean*
true if SGX2 is supported
*flc: boolean*
true if FLC is supported
*section-size: int*
The EPC section size for guest

Since

6.2

If

TARGET_I386

query-sgx (Command)

Returns information about SGX

Returns

SGXInfo

Since

6.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-sgx" }
      <- { "return": { "sgx": true, "sgx1" : true, "sgx2" : true,
                       "flc": true, "section-size" : 0 } }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

query-sgx-capabilities (Command)

Returns information from host SGX capabilities

Returns

SGXInfo

Since

6.2

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-sgx-capabilities" }
      <- { "return": { "sgx": true, "sgx1" : true, "sgx2" : true,
                       "flc": true, "section-size" : 0 } }

#+end_quote

If

TARGET_I386

AUDIO

AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (Object)

General audio backend options that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*mixing-engine: boolean (optional)*
use QEMU’s mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When set to off, fixed-settings must be also off (default on, since 4.2)
*fixed-settings: boolean (optional)*
use fixed settings for host input/output. When off, frequency, channels and format must not be specified (default true)
*frequency: int (optional)*
frequency to use when using fixed settings (default 44100)
*channels: int (optional)*
number of channels when using fixed settings (default 2)
*voices: int (optional)*
number of voices to use (default 1)
*format: AudioFormat (optional)*
sample format to use when using fixed settings (default s16)
*buffer-length: int (optional)*
the buffer length in microseconds

Since

4.0

AudiodevGenericOptions (Object)

Generic driver-specific options.

Members

*in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream

Since

4.0

AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the ALSA backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*dev: string (optional)*
the name of the ALSA device to use (default ’default’)
*period-length: int (optional)*
the period length in microseconds
*try-poll: boolean (optional)*
attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling access on failure (default true)
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

4.0

AudiodevAlsaOptions (Object)

Options of the ALSA audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream
*threshold: int (optional)*
set the threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts

Since

4.0

AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the Core Audio backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*buffer-count: int (optional)*
number of buffers
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

4.0

AudiodevCoreaudioOptions (Object)

Options of the coreaudio audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
(no term)
*out: AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions (optional)* :: options of the playback stream

Since

4.0

AudiodevDsoundOptions (Object)

Options of the DirectSound audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream
*latency: int (optional)*
add extra latency to playback in microseconds (default 10000)

Since

4.0

AudiodevJackPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the JACK backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*server-name: string (optional)*
select from among several possible concurrent server instances (default: environment variable $JACK_DEFAULT_SERVER if set, else “default”)
*client-name: string (optional)*
the client name to use. The server will modify this name to create a unique variant, if needed unless exact-name is true (default: the guest’s name)
*connect-ports: string (optional)*
if set, a regular expression of JACK client port name(s) to monitor for and automatically connect to
*start-server: boolean (optional)*
start a jack server process if one is not already present (default: false)
*exact-name: boolean (optional)*
use the exact name requested otherwise JACK automatically generates a unique one, if needed (default: false)
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

5.1

AudiodevJackOptions (Object)

Options of the JACK audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevJackPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevJackPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream

Since

5.1

AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the OSS backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*dev: string (optional)*
file name of the OSS device (default ’/dev/dsp’)
*buffer-count: int (optional)*
number of buffers
*try-poll: boolean (optional)*
attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling access on failure (default true)
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

4.0

AudiodevOssOptions (Object)

Options of the OSS audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream
*try-mmap: boolean (optional)*
try using memory-mapped access, falling back to non-memory-mapped access on failure (default true)
*exclusive: boolean (optional)*
open device in exclusive mode (vmix won’t work) (default false)
*dsp-policy: int (optional)*
set the timing policy of the device (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means smaller latency but higher CPU usage) or -1 to use fragment mode (option ignored on some platforms) (default 5)

Since

4.0

AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the Pulseaudio backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*name: string (optional)*
name of the sink/source to use
*stream-name: string (optional)*
name of the PulseAudio stream created by qemu. Can be used to identify the stream in PulseAudio when you create multiple PulseAudio devices or run multiple qemu instances (default: audiodev’s id, since 4.2)
*latency: int (optional)*
latency you want PulseAudio to achieve in microseconds (default 15000)
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

4.0

AudiodevPaOptions (Object)

Options of the PulseAudio audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream
*server: string (optional)*
PulseAudio server address (default: let PulseAudio choose)

Since

4.0

AudiodevSdlPerDirectionOptions (Object)

Options of the SDL audio backend that are used for both playback and recording.

Members

*buffer-count: int (optional)*
number of buffers (default 4)
The members of AudiodevPerDirectionOptions

Since

6.0

AudiodevSdlOptions (Object)

Options of the SDL audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevSdlPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the recording stream
*out: AudiodevSdlPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream

Since

6.0

AudiodevWavOptions (Object)

Options of the wav audio backend.

Members

*in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the capture stream
*out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (optional)*
options of the playback stream
*path: string (optional)*
name of the wav file to record (default ’qemu.wav’)

Since

4.0

AudioFormat (Enum)

An enumeration of possible audio formats.

Values

u8
unsigned 8 bit integer
s8
signed 8 bit integer
u16
unsigned 16 bit integer
s16
signed 16 bit integer
u32
unsigned 32 bit integer
s32
signed 32 bit integer
f32
single precision floating-point (since 5.0)

Since

4.0

AudiodevDriver (Enum)

An enumeration of possible audio backend drivers.

Values

jack
JACK audio backend (since 5.1)
none
Not documented
alsa
Not documented
coreaudio
Not documented
dsound
Not documented
oss
Not documented
pa
Not documented
sdl
Not documented
spice
Not documented
wav
Not documented

Since

4.0

Audiodev (Object)

Options of an audio backend.

Members

*id: string*
identifier of the backend
*driver: AudiodevDriver*
the backend driver to use
*timer-period: int (optional)*
timer period (in microseconds, 0: use lowest possible)
(no term)
The members of *AudiodevGenericOptions when driver is “none”* ::
The members of *AudiodevAlsaOptions when driver is “alsa”*
(no term)
The members of *AudiodevCoreaudioOptions when driver is “coreaudio”* ::
(no term)
The members of *AudiodevDsoundOptions when driver is “dsound”* ::
The members of *AudiodevJackOptions when driver is “jack”*
The members of *AudiodevOssOptions when driver is “oss”*
The members of *AudiodevPaOptions when driver is “pa”*
The members of *AudiodevSdlOptions when driver is “sdl”*
(no term)
The members of *AudiodevGenericOptions when driver is “spice”* ::
The members of *AudiodevWavOptions when driver is “wav”*

Since

4.0

ACPI

AcpiTableOptions (Object)

Specify an ACPI table on the command line to load.

At most one of file and data can be specified. The list of files specified by any one of them is loaded and concatenated in order. If both are omitted, data is implied.

Other fields / optargs can be used to override fields of the generic ACPI table header; refer to the ACPI specification 5.0, section 5.2.6 System Description Table Header. If a header field is not overridden, then the corresponding value from the concatenated blob is used (in case of file), or it is filled in with a hard-coded value (in case of data).

String fields are copied into the matching ACPI member from lowest address upwards, and silently truncated / NUL-padded to length.

Members

*sig: string (optional)*
table signature / identifier (4 bytes)
*rev: int (optional)*
table revision number (dependent on signature, 1 byte)
*oem_id: string (optional)*
OEM identifier (6 bytes)
*oem_table_id: string (optional)*
OEM table identifier (8 bytes)
*oem_rev: int (optional)*
OEM-supplied revision number (4 bytes)
*asl_compiler_id: string (optional)*
identifier of the utility that created the table (4 bytes)
*asl_compiler_rev: int (optional)*
revision number of the utility that created the table (4 bytes)
*file: string (optional)*
colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate as table data. The resultant binary blob is expected to have an ACPI table header. At least one file is required. This field excludes data.
*data: string (optional)*
colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate as table data. The resultant binary blob must not have an ACPI table header. At least one file is required. This field excludes file.

Since

1.5

ACPISlotType (Enum)

Values

DIMM
memory slot
CPU
logical CPU slot (since 2.7)

ACPIOSTInfo (Object)

OSPM Status Indication for a device For description of possible values of source and status fields see “_OST (OSPM Status Indication)” chapter of ACPI5.0 spec.

Members

*device: string (optional)*
device ID associated with slot
*slot: string*
slot ID, unique per slot of a given slot-type
*slot-type: ACPISlotType*
type of the slot
*source: int*
an integer containing the source event
*status: int*
an integer containing the status code

Since

2.1

query-acpi-ospm-status (Command)

Return a list of ACPIOSTInfo for devices that support status reporting via ACPI _OST method.

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-acpi-ospm-status" }
      <- { "return": [ { "device": "d1", "slot": "0", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 1, "status": 0},
                       { "slot": "1", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0},
                       { "slot": "2", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0},
                       { "slot": "3", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0}
         ]}

#+end_quote

ACPI_DEVICE_OST (Event)

Emitted when guest executes ACPI _OST method.

Arguments

*info: ACPIOSTInfo*
OSPM Status Indication

Since

2.1

Example

#+begin_quote 

      <- { "event": "ACPI_DEVICE_OST",
           "data": { "device": "d1", "slot": "0",
                     "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 1, "status": 0 } }

#+end_quote

PCI

PciMemoryRange (Object)

A PCI device memory region

Members

*base: int*
the starting address (guest physical)
*limit: int*
the ending address (guest physical)

Since

0.14

PciMemoryRegion (Object)

Information about a PCI device I/O region.

Members

*bar: int*
the index of the Base Address Register for this region
*type: string*
  • ’io’ if the region is a PIO region
  • ’memory’ if the region is a MMIO region
*size: int*
memory size
*prefetch: boolean (optional)*
if type is ’memory’, true if the memory is prefetchable
*mem_type_64: boolean (optional)*
if type is ’memory’, true if the BAR is 64-bit
*address: int*
Not documented

Since

0.14

PciBusInfo (Object)

Information about a bus of a PCI Bridge device

Members

*number: int*
primary bus interface number. This should be the number of the bus the device resides on.
*secondary: int*
secondary bus interface number. This is the number of the main bus for the bridge
*subordinate: int*
This is the highest number bus that resides below the bridge.
*io_range: PciMemoryRange*
The PIO range for all devices on this bridge
*memory_range: PciMemoryRange*
The MMIO range for all devices on this bridge
*prefetchable_range: PciMemoryRange*
The range of prefetchable MMIO for all devices on this bridge

Since

2.4

PciBridgeInfo (Object)

Information about a PCI Bridge device

Members

*bus: PciBusInfo*
information about the bus the device resides on
*devices: array of PciDeviceInfo (optional)*
a list of PciDeviceInfo for each device on this bridge

Since

0.14

PciDeviceClass (Object)

Information about the Class of a PCI device

Members

*desc: string (optional)*
a string description of the device’s class
*class: int*
the class code of the device

Since

2.4

PciDeviceId (Object)

Information about the Id of a PCI device

Members

*device: int*
the PCI device id
*vendor: int*
the PCI vendor id
*subsystem: int (optional)*
the PCI subsystem id (since 3.1)
*subsystem-vendor: int (optional)*
the PCI subsystem vendor id (since 3.1)

Since

2.4

PciDeviceInfo (Object)

Information about a PCI device

Members

*bus: int*
the bus number of the device
*slot: int*
the slot the device is located in
*function: int*
the function of the slot used by the device
*class_info: PciDeviceClass*
the class of the device
*id: PciDeviceId*
the PCI device id
*irq: int (optional)*
if an IRQ is assigned to the device, the IRQ number
*irq_pin: int*
the IRQ pin, zero means no IRQ (since 5.1)
*qdev_id: string*
the device name of the PCI device
*pci_bridge: PciBridgeInfo (optional)*
if the device is a PCI bridge, the bridge information
*regions: array of PciMemoryRegion*
a list of the PCI I/O regions associated with the device

Notes

the contents of class_info.desc are not stable and should only be treated as informational.

Since

0.14

PciInfo (Object)

Information about a PCI bus

Members

*bus: int*
the bus index
*devices: array of PciDeviceInfo*
a list of devices on this bus

Since

0.14

query-pci (Command)

Return information about the PCI bus topology of the guest.

Returns

a list of PciInfo for each PCI bus. Each bus is represented by a json-object, which has a key with a json-array of all PCI devices attached to it. Each device is represented by a json-object.

Since

0.14

Example

#+begin_quote 

      -> { "execute": "query-pci" }
      <- { "return": [
               {
                  "bus": 0,
                  "devices": [
                     {
                        "bus": 0,
                        "qdev_id": "",
                        "slot": 0,
                        "class_info": {
                           "class": 1536,
                           "desc": "Host bridge"
                        },
                        "id": {
                           "device": 32902,
                           "vendor": 4663
                        },
                        "function": 0,
                        "regions": [
                        ]
                     },
                     {
                        "bus": 0,
                        "qdev_id": "",
                        "slot": 1,
                        "class_info": {
                           "class": 1537,
                           "desc": "ISA bridge"
                        },
                        "id": {
                           "device": 32902,
                           "vendor": 28672
                        },
                        "function": 0,
                        "regions": [
                        ]
                     },
                     {
                        "bus": 0,
                        "qdev_id": "",
                        "slot": 1,
                        "class_info": {
                           "class": 257,
                           "desc": "IDE controller"
                        },
                        "id": {
                           "device": 32902,
                           "vendor": 28688
                        },
                        "function": 1,
                        "regions": [
                           {
                              "bar": 4,
                              "size": 16,
                              "address": 49152,
                              "type": "io"
                           }
                        ]
                     },
                     {
                        "bus": 0,
                        "qdev_id": "",
                        "slot": 2,
                        "class_info": {
                           "class": 768,
                           "desc": "VGA controller"
                        },
                        "id": {
                           "device": 4115,
                           "vendor": 184
                        },
                        "function": 0,
                        "regions": [
                           {
                              "prefetch": true,
                              "mem_type_64": false,
                              "bar": 0,
                              "size": 33554432,
                              "address": 4026531840,
                              "type": "memory"
                           },
                           {
                              "prefetch": false,
                              "mem_type_64": false,
                              "bar": 1,
                              "size": 4096,
                              "address": 4060086272,
                              "type": "memory"
                           },
                           {
                              "prefetch": false,
                              "mem_type_64": false,
                              "bar": 6,
                              "size": 65536,
                              "address": -1,
                              "type": "memory"
                           }
                        ]
                     },
                     {
                        "bus": 0,
                        "qdev_id": "",
                        "irq": 11,
                        "slot": 4,
                        "class_info": {
                           "class": 1280,
                           "desc": "RAM controller"
                        },
                        "id": {
                           "device": 6900,
                           "vendor": 4098
                        },
                        "function": 0,
                        "regions": [
                           {
                              "bar": 0,
                              "size": 32,
                              "address": 49280,
                              "type": "io"
                           }
                        ]
                     }
                  ]
               }
            ]
         }

#+end_quote

Note

This example has been shortened as the real response is too long.

COPYRIGHT

2021, The QEMU Project Developers

Author: dt

Created: 2022-02-20 Sun 09:41